JP7660426B2 - Cooking device and cooking system - Google Patents

Description

The present disclosure relates to a cooking device that heats an object to be heated, such as a pot placed on a top plate, and a cooking system that uses the cooking device.

Cooking appliances are broadly divided into three types based on the environment in which they are used.
One of them is the so-called "built-in type" which is installed inside kitchen furniture such as a kitchen counter. The second type is the "free-standing type" which is placed in a specific position on kitchen furniture like a gas stove (also called a "gas-burning table"). The third type is the small and portable "tabletop type" which is placed in a desired position on a dining table, etc.

Many "built-in" cooking appliances are equipped with multiple heat sources and are popular for their ability to handle a variety of cooking methods. However, because they are installed inside kitchen furniture, the external dimensions must be designed to match the standards of general kitchen furniture, meaning there is much less freedom in design compared to "freestanding" or "tabletop" appliances, and it is difficult to turn them into practical products.

As a typical heating cooker that can expand the range of cooking, a configuration has been proposed in which a grill chamber (also called an "oven chamber" or "heating chamber", but hereafter referred to as the "heating chamber") that is heated by a heat source inside the main body and microwaves are introduced into the heating chamber from a microwave heating source (see Patent Document 1).

The cooking device shown in Patent Document 1 has the advantage that it can use a cooking method in which heating is performed in, for example, above the top plate (first location) and in a second location, the internal space of the heating chamber, and therefore the heating means and heating space (environment) can be changed to accommodate various types of food to be cooked. In particular, when a specific food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak) is selected, it is convenient if one cooking condition data is configured as a set of heating means and heating space (environment).

Meanwhile, a cooking system has been proposed in the past in which communication is performed between a communication terminal such as a smartphone and a cooking appliance, and cooking condition data corresponding to a recipe selected on the communication terminal is transmitted from the communication terminal to the cooking appliance to perform automatic cooking (see, for example, Patent Documents 2 and 3).

Patent Document 2 describes a configuration in which, in a cooking appliance (gas-fired cooking appliance) equipped with multiple heating sections (e.g., right burner, left burner, rear burner) and with a communication function, when a user operates a communication terminal to select a specific recipe from a cooking menu, the cooking appliance acquires cooking condition data for the multiple heating sections all at once.

Furthermore, Patent Document 3 discloses a proposal that allows the cooking device to select the heating part to be used from among a plurality of heating parts (for example, the right burner and the left burner).
The heating cooker of Patent Document 3 is equipped with a recipe information allocation unit so that when the heating unit acquires pre-specified cooking condition data from a communication terminal, the cooking condition data (information) is automatically allocated to each of the multiple heating units.

JP 2020-87506 A (page 20, FIG. 18) JP 2017-106685 A JP 2017-106679 A

Even if the technology described in Patent Document 2 or 3 is directly applied to a cooking device such as that described in Patent Document 1, there are significant problems in actual use. For example, in the cooking device of Patent Document 1, when considering a cooking method in which an induction heating source is driven to perform cooking step 1, and then a microwave heating source is driven to perform cooking step 2 in the heating chamber, it is necessary to prepare so that the operations of specific heating units among multiple heating units (located in different locations) can be coordinated and driven in a specified order. There is also a concern that if cooking condition data (also called "recipe data") is carelessly obtained, it may confuse the user or cause the user to have to manually cancel or correct the data, which is a new and cumbersome task.

In particular, in cooking appliances equipped with multiple heating means, it is necessary to ensure reliable control on the cooking appliance side, taking into account the timing of receiving cooking condition data from the outside via wireless communication.

The main objective of this disclosure is to provide a highly convenient cooking device that can handle a wide variety of cooking methods by improving user operability.

The cooking device according to the first disclosure includes:
A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data from an external device;
A control device,
The control device includes a heating control unit that executes a cooking mode for driving at least one of the first heating means or the second heating means based on the cooking condition data, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit in order to execute heat cooking of a specific food to be cooked in the cooking mode, and a restriction unit that restricts the data acquisition unit from acquiring the cooking condition data via the communication unit during a preparation period before starting cooking,
The restriction unit is configured such that, when the cooking condition data 2 is acquired, the restriction unit restricts the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit until the cooking process to which the cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

The cooking device according to the second disclosure is
A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
a third heating means having a heating principle different from that of the second heating means and heating the heating chamber;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data from an external device via wireless communication;
A control device,
The control device has a function of executing an integrated cooking mode in which the first heating means and at least one of the second heating means and the third heating means are driven with a time lag, and a function of controlling a heating and cooking operation according to the cooking condition data,
The control device has a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit in order to execute the integrated cooking mode for a specific food, and a restriction unit that restricts the acquisition of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit via the communication unit during a preparation period before starting cooking in the integrated cooking mode,
The restriction unit is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit until the cooking process to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed when the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data.

The cooking device according to the third disclosure is
A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data from an external device;
a control device that controls the first heating means, the second heating means, and the communication unit;
The control device has a heating control unit that executes an integrated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven with a time lag based on the cooking condition data, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit in order to execute heating cooking of a specific food in the integrated cooking mode, and a restriction unit that restricts the data acquisition unit from acquiring the cooking condition data via the communication unit during a preparation period before starting cooking in the integrated cooking mode,
The limiting unit limits acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit until a cooking process to which the acquired cooking condition data is applied is completed,
This configuration is characterized in that if the collaborative cooking mode is canceled by the input operation unit after the cooking condition data has been acquired and before the cooking process is started, the data acquisition unit can acquire the new cooking condition data.

The cooking system according to the fourth disclosure is
A cooking system including a cooking device having a first heating means and a second heating means with different heating capacities or heating principles and having at least two cooking mode functions, and a communication terminal for communicating with the cooking device,
The cooking device has cooking condition data 1 for executing a cooking operation in the cooking mode,
The communication terminal device includes a cooking device database that generates or holds cooking condition data 2 for performing the cooking operation of the cooking mode, and a cooking condition data transmission unit that transmits the cooking condition data 2 to the cooking device,
The cooking device includes a storage unit that stores the cooking condition data 1 and the cooking condition data 2 received from the communication terminal device in association with identification information, a heating control unit that reads out the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 from the storage unit in response to a user's operation for selecting the cooking mode or the identification information, and uses the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 for cooking in the cooking mode, and a limiting unit that limits acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 during a preparation period before starting cooking in the cooking mode.
The restriction unit is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data 2 until the cooking process of one cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

The cooking system according to the fifth disclosure is
A cooking device including a first heating means and a second heating means whose energization is controlled independently of each other;
A communication terminal for communicating with the cooking appliance;
A cooking system comprising:
The cooking device has a cooking menu corresponding to a specific food to be cooked,
The cooking device has a function of storing cooking condition data 1 for executing the cooking menu,
The communication terminal has a function of providing cooking condition data 2 to the cooking device and a function of acquiring cooking execution data of the cooking menu from the cooking device,
The cooking device determines a timing for receiving the cooking condition data 2 from the communication terminal device,
The heating cooker is characterized in that it permits acquisition of cooking condition data 2 after a specific cooking menu is selected, and restricts acquisition of new cooking condition data 3 until the cooking process related to the acquired cooking condition data 2 is completed.

The cooking device according to the sixth disclosure is
A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food contained in the heating chamber;
a third heating means for heating the heating chamber by a heating principle different from that of the second heating means;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that performs wireless communication with an external device;
A display unit;
A control device,
The control device has a function of performing a cooperative cooking mode, a composite cooking mode, and a single cooking mode,
After the main power supply is turned on by the input operation unit,
(1) displaying an initial standby screen on the display unit;
(2) When an input key for selecting either the linked cooking mode or the combined cooking mode is operated, cooking condition data is acquired via the communication unit for either the linked cooking mode or the combined cooking mode, whichever is operated first;
(3) in response to an operation of the selection input key, switching from the display of the standby initial screen to display only one of the first specific screen or the second specific screen;
(4) maintaining a standby state for receiving a cooking start command from the input operation unit while the first specific screen or the second specific screen is displayed;
(5) During the standby state, acquisition of cooking condition data from the communication unit is restricted for both the linked cooking mode and the combined cooking mode.
The configuration is characterized by the above.

The cooking device according to the seventh disclosure is
A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation means for receiving a command from a user;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data for performing cooking from a first server and wirelessly transmits a plurality of operation state data to the first server;
A control device,
The control device includes a heating control unit that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means and the second heating means, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data for a specific food via the communication unit, and a limiting unit that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit,
The control device is configured such that, when the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is confirmed, information restricting further acquisition of the cooking condition data is transmitted to the first server as one of the operating status data.

The cooking device according to the eighth disclosure is
A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation means for receiving a command from a user;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data for performing cooking from a first server and wirelessly transmits a plurality of operation state data to the first server;
A control device,
The control device includes a heating control unit that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means and the second heating means, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data for a specific food via the communication unit, and a limiting unit that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit,
When the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is confirmed, the control device transmits, to the first server, restriction information that restricts a further acquisition operation of the cooking condition data as one of the operating state data, and
the control device transmits release information for releasing the restriction imposed by the restriction information when the cooking process of the cooking menu is completed.
The configuration is characterized by the above.

The heating and cooking system according to the ninth disclosure is
A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A first server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance 1;
A second server capable of communicating with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server, the information processing terminal having an input operation unit for receiving input from a user and a terminal display unit for displaying information that can be viewed by the user;
Equipped with
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the cooking device from the cooking device and a function of transmitting information related to the operation of the cooking device to the second server in response to a request A received from the second server,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server, and a function of displaying cooking condition data 2 received from the second server on the terminal side display unit,
The second server has a function of recognizing the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal and transmitting the request A corresponding to the content of the command information to the first server, and a function of transmitting the cooking condition data 1 received from the first server in response to the transmission of the request A to the information processing terminal as the cooking condition data 2,
The first server is configured not to transmit the cooking condition data 1 to the second server when the cooker is not in a reception standby period.

The cooking system according to the tenth disclosure is
A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A first server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance;
A second server capable of communicating with the first server;
an input operation unit capable of communicating with the second server and receiving input from a user;
and a terminal-side display unit that displays information that can be viewed by a user,
The first server has a function of receiving operation status data of the cooking device from the cooking device, and a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the second server, display information to be displayed on the terminal display unit regarding the operation of the cooking device to the second server;
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server, and a function of displaying cooking condition data 2 received from the second server on the terminal side display unit,
the second server recognizes the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal, and transmits the request A specified from the content of the command information to the first server;
the first server has a function of transmitting cooking condition data 1 to the heating cooker in response to receiving the request A from the second server;
The first server is configured not to transmit the cooking condition data 1 to the cooker when the cooker is not in a reception standby period.

The cooking system according to the eleventh disclosure is
A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A first server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance;
A second server capable of communicating with the first server;
an input operation unit capable of communicating with the second server and receiving input from a user;
and a terminal-side display unit that displays information that can be viewed by a user,
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the cooking device from the cooking device, and a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the second server, information on cooking condition data 1 to be displayed on the terminal display unit regarding the operation of the cooking device to the second server;
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server, and a function of displaying cooking condition data 2 received from the second server on the terminal side display unit,
the second server recognizes the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal, and transmits the request A specified from the content of the command information to the first server;
The first server is configured to determine from the operating status data when the cooking appliance is not in a waiting period for receiving data, and when the cooking appliance is not in the waiting period for receiving data, not to transmit the cooking condition data 1 in response to the request A to the information processing terminal.

The cooking system according to the twelfth disclosure is
A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A cloud server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance;
An information processing terminal capable of communicating with the cloud server, the information processing terminal having an input operation unit for receiving input and a function for inputting command contents by voice;
Equipped with
The cloud server has a function of receiving operation status data of the cooking appliance from the cooking appliance, and a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the information processing terminal, operation support data to be notified by voice at the information processing terminal regarding the operation of the cooking appliance to the second server;
the information processing terminal has a function of transmitting a command content input by voice to the cloud server as the request A by voice data, and a function of notifying information of operation support data received from the cloud server,
the cloud server has a function of recognizing the content of the voice data received from the information processing terminal and transmitting the request A identified from the content of the voice data to the first server, and a function of transmitting the operation assistance data generated in response to the transmission of the request A to the information processing terminal;
The food ingredient consumption determination unit of the cloud server is configured to determine the amount of food ingredients consumed by the cooking appliance during cooking from the operating status data received from the cooking appliance, and if the determination result indicates that the inventory level of any food ingredient has fallen below a minimum standard value, information about the food ingredient is capable of being transmitted to the information processing terminal.

According to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a highly convenient cooking device that can handle a wide variety of cooking methods by coordinating multiple heating means using cooking condition data acquired from outside.
In addition, according to the present disclosure, a highly convenient cooking system can be provided in which a cooking device can timely obtain cooking condition data from an external source and use it for cooking. Alternatively, a cooking system that is highly convenient for users can be constructed by effectively utilizing information from the cooking device.

FIG. 1 is a configuration diagram of a heating and cooking system according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of the heating and cooking system according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 3 is a configuration diagram of the heating and cooking system according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. 1 is a perspective view of an installed state of a cooking device according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 5 is a schematic vertical cross-sectional view of the cooking device of FIG. 4 . FIG. 5 is a schematic plan view of the cooking device of FIG. 4 . 5 is an enlarged plan view of a left display unit, a left heating power display unit, and a left operation unit of the cooking device of FIG. 4. 5 is an enlarged plan view of a right display unit, a right heating power display unit, and a right operation unit of the cooking device of FIG. 4 . 5 is an enlarged plan view of a central display unit, a central operation unit, and a central heating status display unit of the cooking device of FIG. 4 . 5 is an enlarged plan view showing an example of operation of the central display unit of the cooking device of FIG. 4 . FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the cooking device of FIG. 4 . FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram showing an entire control menu that can be selected by the central operation unit. 13 is a classification table of the control menu of FIG. 12. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a storage structure of various cooking control menus for a coordinated cooking mode or a combined cooking mode in the cooking device of FIG. 4 and a correspondence relationship between input keys. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 4 in a composite cooking mode. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 4 in a coordinated cooking mode. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing the operation of the input operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 4 in an integrated cooking mode. FIG. 5 is a table showing a combination cooking menu in a combination cooking mode in the cooking device of FIG. 4 . 20 is an explanatory diagram showing a time series of an operation example 1 of the coordinated preheating cooking mode among the coordinated cooking modes shown in FIG. 18 . FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram showing a chronological order of an operation example 2 of the coordinated preheating cooking mode among the coordinated cooking modes shown in FIG. 18 . FIG. 20 is a step explanatory diagram showing the operation of the coordinated cooking mode shown in FIG. 18 . 19 is a flowchart 1 showing the operation of the coordinated cooking mode shown in FIG. 18 . 19 is an explanatory diagram showing permission conditions and determination results before transitioning to a combined cooking mode in the cooking device shown in FIG. 18 . FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing an operation of acquiring cooking condition data from an external source in the cooking device shown in FIG. 18 . 19 is a diagram illustrating the content of an initial standby screen displayed on the central display unit at the time of start-up in the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram showing the display content of the central display unit before transition to induction heating cooking in the heating cooker shown in FIG. 18 . FIG. 19 is a step explanatory diagram showing the operation of acquiring cooking condition data relating to a cooperative cooking mode from the outside in the cooking device shown in FIG. 18. 27, an explanatory diagram of the central display unit and central operation unit showing the state before cooking based on cooking condition data obtained from the outside is started. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between cooking steps of a coordinated cooking menu and operations of an input operation unit. FIG. FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the main functional configuration of a (built-in type combination) cooking device 1 according to a second embodiment. 2 is a block diagram showing a main functional configuration of an information processing terminal. FIG. FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram 1 for explaining an operation when cooking in a coordinated cooking mode in the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 30 . FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram 2 for explaining an operation when cooking in the cooperative cooking mode in the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 30 . 31 is an enlarged plan view illustrating the operation of the central operating unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30. FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram 1 for explaining the operation of the central operating unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30 . FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram 2 for explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30 . FIG. 31 is a plan view 3 for explaining the operation of the central operating unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30 . FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram 4 for explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30 . 31 is a time chart showing the relationship between cooking steps of an integrated cooking menu and operations of an input operation unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30 . FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in a heating and cooking system according to a second embodiment. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 8 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a terminal display screen of a communication terminal used in the heating and cooking system according to the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing the display operation of the central display unit immediately after start-up in the heating cooker according to the third embodiment; FIG. 51 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing the display operation of the central display unit after the start-up of the cooking device of FIG. 50 . FIG. 51 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing the display operation of the central display unit after the start-up of the cooking device of FIG. 50 . A step explanatory diagram showing the operation of acquiring cooking condition data related to a cooperative cooking mode from the outside in the heating cooker according to embodiment 4. 54 is a flowchart 1 for explaining the control operation of the heating cooker of FIG. 53. 54 is a flowchart 2 for explaining the control operation of the heating cooker of FIG. 53. FIG. 13 is a control block diagram showing main functions of a cooking device 1 according to a fifth embodiment. 57 is a flowchart showing an operation of acquiring cooking condition data relating to a combined cooking mode in the cooking appliance 1 of FIG. 56. FIG. 57 is a diagram for explaining the contents of an initial standby screen displayed on the central display unit at the time of start-up in the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 56. FIG. 57 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system utilizing the cooking device shown in FIG. 56. FIG. 13 is a configuration diagram of a heating and cooking system according to a sixth embodiment. A block diagram showing the main control function parts of the heating cooker 1 used in Figure 60. FIG. 61 is an enlarged plan view showing the central operating section of the cooking device used in FIG. 60. FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 60 and the outside (first server). FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 60 and the outside (first server). FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing, in chronological order, information exchange between the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 60 and the outside (first server). FIG. 61 is an explanatory diagram 4 showing, in chronological order, information exchange between the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 60 and the outside (first server). 61 is a flowchart for explaining the overall control operation before the start of cooking operation of the cooking device shown in FIG. 60. 61 is a time chart showing an example of the operation of the cooking device shown in FIG. 60. A time chart for explaining the entire period in which cooking condition data (recipe data) can be acquired and the control operation in the heating cooker shown in Figure 60. A flowchart showing the operation of the first server used in Figure 60. FIG. 13 is a configuration diagram of a heating and cooking system according to a seventh embodiment. A block diagram showing the functional configuration of a portable information display used in the system of Figure 71. FIG. 72 is an explanatory diagram showing a communication terminal and a portable information display device arranged side by side in the heating and cooking system of FIG. 71. 72 is a time chart showing an example of operation of the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 71 after the main power switch is turned on, and the operations of the portable information display device and the first server. FIG. 13 is a configuration diagram of a heating and cooking system according to an eighth embodiment. 76 is an explanatory diagram showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between a cooking appliance and an external device (first server) constituting the cooking system of FIG. 75. FIG. 77 is an explanatory diagram showing the transition of the initial standby screen of the central display unit at the time of start-up in the cooking appliance shown in FIG. 76 . A flowchart showing the operation of a third server used in the heating and cooking system of Figure 75.

The cooking device and cooking system according to the present disclosure will be described below with reference to the drawings. In the following description, directional terms (e.g., "up," "down," "right," "left," "front," "rear," etc.) are used to facilitate understanding, but these are for explanatory purposes only. In addition, in each drawing, items with the same reference numerals are the same or equivalent, and this is common throughout the entire specification.

In the following explanation, when we say "a heated object placed on the top plate," it means that it includes both cases where the heated object, such as a pot, is placed directly on the top surface of the top plate 3 (described below) and heated, and cases where the heated object is placed on a supporting member, such as a trivet, that is arranged above the top plate, such as a gas burner, and heated.

In this embodiment 1, the "second heating means" HM2 refers to a heat source for heating the food to be cooked housed inside the heating chamber 6, which will be described later. The second heating means may be a steam generator (boiler) that supplies high-temperature steam (such as superheated steam).

In the first embodiment, a magnetron is used as the microwave heating source, but there are no limitations on the microwave oscillation principle or method, such as a microwave oscillator. Multiple heating sources may also be provided.

In this embodiment 1, the "third heating means" HM3 is called "third" to indicate the difference from the second heating means HM2, but does not imply a superiority/inferiority relationship.
In addition, in embodiment 1, a heat source using a radiant electric heat source (such as a sheath heater, mica heater, carbon heater, ceramic heater, infrared heater, radiant heater, etc.) is used, but a heat source that generates heat in other forms or methods may also be used.

The third heating means HM3 is capable of cooking in one heating chamber 6. It may be a combination of multiple heating sources with different heating principles, such as a heating source made up of an electric heater and a gas burner (burner). An induction heating source may also be used as the heating source for heating the heating chamber 6. It may also be a steam generator (boiler) that supplies high-temperature steam (such as superheated steam).

Furthermore, the third heating means may be either a heat source that heats the wall surface of the heating chamber 6 from the outside, or a heat source that is installed in the internal space of the heating chamber 6 and heats the atmosphere in the internal space to a high temperature.
In addition, a heat-generating member that becomes hot by induction heating may be placed in the heating chamber, and this heat-generating member may heat the wall surface of the heating chamber 6 from the outside, or may heat the air inside the heating chamber 6.

A representative example of the induction heating coil (IH coil) referred to in this embodiment 1 is one formed by bundling about 30 thin copper or aluminum wires of about 0.1 mm to 0.3 mm, twisting several of these bundles together and winding them into a spiral shape. Alternatively, there is also one formed by winding about 1,000 to 1,500 wires of about 0.05 mm. There has also been a proposal to form the coil from a ring-shaped conductor made of a flat conductive material.
Any of these forms corresponds to the “IH coil” which is the main part of the induction heating source 9 .

In this embodiment 1, "coordinated cooking" refers to cooking that uses two or more heating sources that heat a single cooking object (including food, meat, vegetables, etc.) in different locations and whose heating operation conditions can be set independently.

The above-mentioned "coordinated cooking" refers to the use of multiple heating means with a time lag. For example, in the process of completing a single dish, after preheating with a microwave heating source, the food to be cooked is moved to another location, where it is heated with an induction coil to complete the dish, which is a type of "coordinated cooking" as referred to here.

Another type of "cooperative cooking" is to heat the food inside the heating chamber 6 with a gas burner (burner), and then move the food onto the top plate 3 and heat it with the gas burner (burner) or induction heating source 9 to improve the cooking quality.

Embodiment 1.
(1. Configuration of the Heat Cooking System)
A first embodiment according to the present disclosure is shown in FIGS.
Referring to FIG.
The cooking system of the present embodiment 1 includes a cooking appliance 1 and a smartphone 200 (corresponding to a communication terminal device) having a function of wirelessly communicating with the cooking appliance 1. The communication terminal device may be a tablet terminal device or a personal computer with a communication function other than the smartphone 200.

The smartphone 200 performs wireless communication using Wi-Fi (registered trademark) or the like with a wireless router (not shown) installed in the house (not shown) in which the cooking appliance 1 is used.

The cooking appliance 1 can acquire at least the cooking condition data CD2 through wireless communication 400 with the smartphone 200. The cooking condition data CD2 will be described later.
The smartphone 200 performs wireless communication 400 with the cooking appliance 1 using Bluetooth (registered trademark) or the like.

The smartphone 200 accesses the cloud server 300 in an external space via the wireless router 340 (not shown) and a network 201 such as the Internet. The cloud server 300 has at least one recipe information providing server 301.

The recipe information providing server 301 is equipped with a recipe DB (database) 302 that holds data on various cooking recipes, and the smartphone 200 accesses a recipe providing site operated by the recipe information providing server 301 and acquires (downloads) various cooking condition data CD1 from the recipe DB 302.

The cooking condition data CD1 and CD2 are also called recipe data. This will be described in detail later, but it includes commands (command data) that specify the heating means and control conditions (including at least one of the heat and heating time, but not limited to these) so that a specific food item can be cooked in the cooking device 1.

The cooking device 1 shown in FIG. 1 includes a first heating means HM1 arranged below a top plate 3 (described in FIG. 4 and subsequent figures) that covers the top surface of the cooking device 1, a second heating means HM2 that supplies microwaves to the inside of a heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5) formed inside the cooking device 1, and a third heating means HM3 that is located inside or outside the heating chamber 6 and that raises the temperature of the internal space of the heating chamber 6 to heat it.

If the upper surface of the top plate 3 is defined as the "first location," then in order to heat the object to be heated (a magnetic metal pan) placed in this first location, an induction heating means is used as the first heating means HM1. Alternatively, a gas combustion device equipped with a gas burner can be used as the first heating means HM1.

If a closed space located away from the first location is defined as a "second location," then the interior of the heating chamber 6 (see Figure 5) is the second location.

The cooking device 1 has a function of executing an "independent cooking mode" KM1 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven independently.

The cooking device 1 has a function of executing a "composite cooking mode" KM2 in which the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are driven simultaneously, or one of them is started first and the other is automatically started later, as a method of cooking one food item. Even when the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are operated simultaneously, whether the heating end times of both are the same or different is one type of operation pattern of the "composite cooking mode" KM2.

The "combined cooking mode" KM2 has at least a pattern (RG control mode 1) in which the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are driven simultaneously from the beginning, a pattern (RG control mode 2) in which the third heating means HM3 starts to be driven after the second heating means HM2, and a pattern (RG control mode 3) in which the third heating means HM3 is driven first and then automatically switched to the second heating means HM3. In these RG control modes 1 to 3, switching between the heating means is automatically performed when cooking begins in the heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5).

The "composite cooking mode" KM2, unlike the linked cooking mode KM3, does not have a cooking menu corresponding to a specific food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak). In other words, it provides a "control menu" for each pattern for driving the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3.

For example, one of the "control menus" is the "RG control mode 1." In the RG control mode (RG composite cooking mode), various foods can be cooked. One of the "control menus," for example, the "RG control mode 1," is controlled by cooking condition data that defines the control mode, but is not set for each specific food to be cooked.

In other words, the operation pattern in which two or more heating sources (the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3) are operated in a predetermined sequence is the composite cooking mode KM2, which has multiple "control menus."

In contrast to this, the cooperative cooking mode KM3 having a cooperative cooking menu applies multiple cooking condition data (corresponding to specific foods) to heat and cook foods placed inside the heating chamber 6 and above the top plate 3 in a predetermined order.
In other words, the contents of the cooking condition data are different between the composite cooking mode KM2 and the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

The cooking device 1 has a function of executing a "cooperative cooking mode" KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time difference determined depending on the operation of the user.

The "combined cooking mode" KM3 has a pattern in which cooking process 1 is performed by the first heating means HM1, and a pattern in which cooking process 1 is performed by the second heating means HM2.
For example, in order to move to cooking process 2 after completing cooking process 1 using the first heating means HM1, the food to be cooked is moved into the heating chamber 6, and then operation of the second heating means HM2 is started, so there is a pause period between cooking process 1 and cooking process 2 during which no heating operation is performed.

In this "cooperative cooking mode" KM3, the control condition data (recipe data) is prepared for each specific food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak, roast beef, gratin).
The control condition data (recipe data) specifies the heating means to be used, the order in which the heating means are driven, and the control conditions of the heating means (including at least one of the heating power, heating time, etc., but are not limited to these).

The control condition data (recipe data) is stored in both the cooking device 1 and the recipe DB 302. The control condition data (recipe data) stored in the recipe DB and the cooking device 1 does not need to be the same. For example, the recipe DB 302 may sequentially add control condition data for new linked cooking mode KM3, and the control condition data (recipe data) for composite cooking menus may be sequentially accumulated.

When the cooking appliance 1 acquires the cooking condition data for executing the collaborative cooking mode KM3 from the smartphone 200, the data is one cooking menu unit selected by the user on the smartphone 200. This is not limited to the "collaborative cooking mode" KM3, but is also common to the "combined cooking mode" KM2 and the "single cooking mode."

As described above, the smartphone 200 requests the recipe information providing server 301 to provide a recipe for the desired food to be cooked, and downloads the cooking condition data CD1 corresponding to the desired recipe.

The smartphone 200 can transmit cooking condition data CD2 corresponding to the recipe acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 to the cooking appliance 1.
In order to utilize such a recipe acquisition function, a user of the cooking appliance 1 accesses a recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and installs an application for selecting a recipe (hereinafter referred to as a recipe selection app) on the smartphone 200.

When the user installs the recipe selection app, the user performs an operation to register identification information, such as the model name of the cooking appliance, as the initial setting. This registration allows the user to obtain cooking condition data corresponding to the specifications of the cooking appliance 1 (such as the heating capacity of each of the heating means HM1 to HM3) from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301).

The user also uses the recipe selection app to pair the smartphone 200 with the cooking appliance 1, and establishes wireless communication 400 between the smartphone 200 and the cooking appliance 1. Note that this wireless communication may use a near field communication (NFC) method.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
The cooking system in Fig. 2 differs from that in Fig. 1 in the role of the smartphone 200. Also, it is the cooker 1, not the smartphone 200, that accesses a recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and obtains an application for selecting a recipe (hereinafter, referred to as a "recipe selection application").

The smartphone 200 and the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) are connected via a network 202 such as the Internet.
The recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and the cooking appliance 1 are connected via a network 203 such as an internet line. A wireless router (not shown) may be interposed between the smartphone 200 and the cloud server 300. Similarly, a wireless router (not shown) may be interposed between the cooking appliance 1 and the cloud server 300.

As described above, in the cooking system shown in FIG. 2, cooking condition data CD3 (corresponding to a recipe) created by the user can be sent to the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) on the smartphone 200, temporarily stored in the recipe DB 302, and provided to the cooking appliance 1. In other words, if the smartphone 200 is located far away from the house in which the cooking appliance 1 is installed (e.g., when outside), the cooking condition data CD3 of the smartphone 200 can be conveniently stored in the recipe information providing server 301.

The cooking appliance 1 downloads cooking condition data CD4 corresponding to a specific recipe stored in the recipe information providing server 301 via the network 203 between the cooking appliance 1 and the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301). In this case, the cooking condition data CD4 may be the cooking condition data CD2 provided by the smartphone 200.

To use the (direct) retrieval function from such recipe data (cooking condition data), the user of the cooking appliance 1 accesses the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and installs a "recipe selection application" in advance on the cooking appliance 1. It is convenient to make this installation possible to easily execute on the cooking appliance 1 as one menu of the "function mode" described below.

When the user installs the recipe selection app, the user performs an operation to register identification information, such as the model name of the cooking appliance, as the initial setting. This registration allows the user to obtain cooking condition data corresponding to the specifications of the cooking appliance 1 (such as the heating capacity of each of the heating means HM1 to HM3) from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301).

In the heating and cooking system of FIG. 2, the user can obtain cooking condition data CD1 (corresponding to a recipe) as described in FIG. 1, display and check the contents of the cooking condition data CD1 on the display screen of the smartphone 200, and then modify a portion of the cooking condition data CD1 to store it as cooking condition data CD3 on the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) as described in FIG. 2.

In the cooking system shown in FIG. 1, when the smartphone 200 and the cooking appliance 1 are located close to each other, cooking condition data CD2 can be provided from the smartphone 200 to the cooking appliance 1. However, for example, when the smartphone 200 is taken to a remote outdoor location, the cooking appliance 1 cannot directly acquire the cooking condition data CD2.
In contrast, in the cooking system shown in Figure 2, regardless of the location of the smartphone 200, as long as the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) can be accessed, the cooking condition data CD4 can be downloaded and used for cooking.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
The cooking system shown in FIG. 3 differs from that shown in FIG. 1 in the role of the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301).
In the cooking system of FIG. 3, the cooker 1 accesses the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and downloads cooking condition data CD6.

In addition, in the cooking system of FIG. 3, the cooker 1 can access a recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) and provide cooking condition data CD7.
For example, if cooking is actually performed and the cooking is satisfactory, after the cooking, the cooking condition data remaining in the storage unit of the cooking device 1 can be provided to the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) as improved cooking condition data CD7. Such favorite recipes of the user can be registered (stored) in the recipe information providing server 301 as "favorite recipes." Note that this system differs from the cooking system of FIG. 1 in that it is the cooking device 1 that acquires the application for recipe selection (referred to as a "recipe selection app").

The cooking appliance 1 and the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) are connected via networks 204, 205 such as the Internet.
A wireless router (not shown) may be interposed between the cooking appliance 1 and the cloud server 300. Similarly, a wireless router (not shown) may be interposed between the networks 204, 205 between the cooking appliance 1 and the cloud server 300. A wireless router (not shown) may also be interposed between the smartphone 200 and the cloud server 300.

3, a user can directly obtain cooking condition data CD6 from a recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) using the cooking appliance 1. Therefore, even if the user does not own the smartphone 200, the cooking condition data CD6 of a desired recipe can be obtained from the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) every time cooking is performed.
As described above, when the cooking is actually performed and the cooking is satisfactory, the cooking condition data CD7 can be provided to the recipe providing site (recipe information providing server 301) after the cooking is performed. Therefore, the cooking condition data CD7 can be called up from the cooking device 1 and used for cooking from the next time onwards, which is convenient.

(2. Configuration of Cooking Device)
Next, the configuration of the cooking device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS.
4 and 5, the cooking device 1 is a built-in type induction cooking heater that is incorporated into kitchen furniture 600 that has a cooking counter on top. The cooking device 1 has a main body 2 and a top plate 3 that is installed on the main body 2. The top plate 3 is exposed above a kitchen countertop that constitutes the top surface of the kitchen furniture 600.

The top plate 3 is composed of, for example, a heat-resistant glass plate and a metal frame attached around the glass plate. Three heating ports 4 are provided on the upper surface of the top plate 3: a left heating port 4L, a right heating port 4R, and a central heating port 4C.

The left heating port 4L, the right heating port 4R, and the central heating port 4C indicate the area where a metal cooking container such as a pot or frying pan (also called the "heated object" in relation to the first heating means HM1) is placed. Guide marks (not shown) that serve as guides for placing the heated object on the left heating port 4L, the right heating port 4R, and the central heating port 4C are printed on the upper surface of the top plate 3.

An exhaust port cover 5 is provided on the rear side (rear side) of the top plate 3. The exhaust port cover 5 is made of a punched metal or lattice-shaped metal member with numerous small through holes, and is breathable throughout with little air resistance. Exhaust air released from inside the cooking appliance 1 passes through the exhaust port cover 5 and exits the cooking appliance 1.

A door (heating door) 7 is provided on the front of the main body 2 of the cooking device 1 to open and close the front of the heating chamber 6 (see FIG. 5) located inside the main body 2. The door 7 is provided with a handle 8 for opening and closing it.

Figure 5 is a schematic vertical cross-sectional view of the cooking device 1 according to the first embodiment, seen from the side. As shown in Figure 5, an induction heating coil 9L (hereinafter referred to as the "left IH coil") is provided below the left heating port 4L as a left induction heating means.

Similarly, an induction heating coil 9R (hereinafter referred to as the "right IH coil") is provided below the right heating port 4R as a right induction heating means, and an induction heating coil 9C (hereinafter referred to as the "central IH coil") is provided below the central heating port 4C as a central induction heating means.

These IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R are circular heating coils made by winding thin conductors such as copper or aluminum wires, and generate a high-frequency magnetic field when a high-frequency current is supplied to them. This causes induction heating of the cooking vessels (objects to be heated) placed over the left heating port 4L, right heating port 4R, and center heating port 4C.

The heating means including the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R and their drive circuits (high-frequency power supply circuits such as inverter circuits, not shown) may be referred to as the induction heating source 9 or the first heating means HM1. In the following description, the term "first heating means" HM1 will be used unless there is a particular contradiction.

A temperature sensor group 30 (not shown) consisting of multiple temperature sensors is mounted near the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R to detect the temperature of the top plate 3 and cooking vessel (heated object). One temperature sensor 30A (not shown) constitutes one sensor in the temperature sensor group 30 shown in FIG. 11.

The heating chamber 6 is provided inside the main body 2, below the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R. The heating chamber 6 is surrounded by a metal wall such as stainless steel, and is a space for heating the food (foodstuffs, ingredients) contained within the heating chamber 6.

The food to be cooked may be placed on a heat-resistant plastic container, a porcelain or heat-resistant glass dish, or may be placed inside a container and placed in the heating chamber 6, in which case the dish or container may be called the "heated container." However, since these containers are not induction heated by the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R, even if they are placed on the heating port 4 of the top plate 3, they are not called the "heated food" of the IH coils 9C, 9L, and 9R.

An opening is formed in the front of the heating chamber 6 for putting in and taking out the food to be cooked. The opening in the front of the heating chamber 6 is covered by a door 7 that can be opened and closed freely. The door 7 is supported by the main body 2 so that it can rotate freely via a hinge and an arm (not shown). This allows the door 7 to open forward to a horizontal position with its lower end as the fulcrum (center of rotation). The door 7 may be pulled forward integrally with a support member (a structure such as a shelf, not shown) that supports the heated container from below, by a slide rail (not shown).

The door 7 is provided with an opening/closing detector 10 for detecting whether the door 7 is open or closed. The opening/closing detector 10 is, for example, a microswitch or an infrared sensor. A microwave oscillator 11 is provided behind the heating chamber 6 to heat the food placed in the heating chamber 6. The microwave oscillator 11 is, for example, composed of a magnetron, and irradiates microwaves into the heating chamber 6 to heat the food placed in the heating chamber, which is known as range heating.

The heating means including the microwave oscillator 11 and its drive circuit (a high-frequency power supply circuit such as an inverter circuit, not shown) may be referred to as the second heating means HM2.

In addition, the heating chamber 6 is provided with an upper radiant heat heating means 12a and a lower radiant heat heating means 12b that heat the food from above and below. The upper radiant heat heating means 12a is located on the outer or inner ceiling wall surface of the heating chamber 6, and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b is located on the inner or outer wall surface of the heating chamber 6, and both are sheath heaters.

Other types of radiant heat heating means (e.g., mica heaters, carbon heaters, etc.) may be installed outside the heating chamber 6. Figure 5 shows an example in which the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b are both installed in close contact with the outer wall surface of the heating chamber 6.

The heating means including the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b and their drive circuits (not shown) may be referred to as the third heating means HM3. The upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b may be collectively referred to as the "radiant heat heating means", in which case the reference number "12" is used.

The heating chamber 6 is also provided with an infrared sensor 13, which is a non-contact temperature sensor, to detect the temperature of the food inside the heating chamber 6 without contact. The temperature range detected by this infrared sensor 13 is set to, for example, -20°C to 100°C. This allows the degree of heating of the food to be detected in real time with high accuracy, for example in increments of 1°C. This infrared sensor 13 also constitutes one sensor in the group of temperature sensors 30 shown in Figure 11.

The heating chamber 6 is also provided with a contact-type temperature sensor (e.g., a thermistor sensor) 14, which is an interior temperature sensor that detects the ambient temperature inside the heating chamber 6 or the wall temperature of the heating chamber 6.

The thermistor sensor 14 detects temperature by detecting changes in electrical resistance, and therefore the upper limit of the temperature it can detect is approximately 250°C. This thermistor sensor 14 constitutes one of the temperature sensors 30 shown in Figure 10. Note that this thermistor sensor 14 may be installed in two locations, near the bottom and near the ceiling of the heating chamber 6, as shown in Figure 5.

Figure 6 is a top view of the cooking device 1 according to the first embodiment. As shown in Figure 6, a left operation unit 15L, a central operation unit 15M, and a right operation unit 15R are provided on the front side of the upper surface of the top plate 3 of the cooking device 1. These three operation units may be collectively referred to as the "input operation unit", in which case the reference number 15 is used.

At the rear (rear) side of the left operation unit 15L, the central operation unit 15M and the right operation unit 15R, there are provided a left display unit 16L, a central display unit 16M and a right display unit 16R, a left heating power display unit 17L and a right heating power display unit 17R and a central heating status display unit 17M.

The left display unit 16L, the center display unit 16M, and the right display unit 16R may be collectively referred to as the "display unit", in which case the reference number 16 is used. The center display unit 16M has a horizontally long liquid crystal display screen.

The left heat display unit 17L and the right heat display unit 17R display the heat level using light-emitting elements (such as LEDs) and do not have a display screen.

The left heating power display unit 17L, the right heating power display unit 17R, and the center heating status display unit 17M may be collectively referred to as the "heat power display units", in which case the reference number 17 will be used.

Also, adjacent to the right operation unit 15R is provided an operation button (key) 20A for the main power switch 20 (see FIG. 11). The main power switch 20 turns the main power supply of the cooking device 1 on and off. The button (key) that is pressed to switch the power supply on and off is the operation button 20A.

When the main power supply of the cooking device 1 is OFF, pressing the operation button 20A for, for example, a few seconds turns the main power supply ON. Also, when the main power supply of the cooking device 1 is ON, pressing the operation button 20A for, for example, a few seconds turns the main power supply OFF.

Figure 7 is an enlarged view of the left display unit 16L, left heating power display unit 17L, and left operation unit 15L according to embodiment 1. The left display unit 16L displays information related to cooking in the left heating port 4L, and is configured, for example, with a liquid crystal display.

The left display unit 16L displays the set time for timer cooking for the heated object placed on the left heating port 4L, the elapsed time since the heating operation at the left heating port 4L started, or the remaining time until the timer set time ends.

When preheat cooking is selected using the left heating port 4L, the left display unit 16L displays the automatically set temperature (default temperature) or the current temperature. The automatically set temperature (default temperature) refers to the target temperature of the bottom surface of an object to be heated (e.g., a metal pot) when the object is heated using the left heating port 4L. The default temperature can be changed by the user at will within a certain range.

The left heating power display unit 17L is composed of multiple light-emitting elements (LEDs) arranged in a horizontal line, and displays the heating power of the left heating port 4L in multiple stages. The left heating power display unit 17L indicates the heating power by switching the lighting state (on, off, blinking, etc.) of the multiple LEDs or by switching the lighting color. This allows the user to be notified of the heating power in an intuitive and easy-to-understand manner.

The left operation section 15L is used to input operations related to cooking using the left heating port 4L.
7, the left operation unit 15L includes five input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L, and 155L. These input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L, and 155L are capacitive touch sensor switches (touch switches) that can input by utilizing a change in capacitance when the user lightly touches the keys with a finger or the like.

Light-emitting units 21L are provided corresponding to the input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L, and 155L. The light-emitting units 21L are composed of a plurality of light-emitting elements (LEDs), and emit light in response to the operation of the input keys 151L, 152L, 153L, 154L, and 155L. Note that two adjacent input keys 154L and 155L share one light-emitting unit 21L because they perform the same type of function, that is, increasing and decreasing the flame power.

The input key 151L is a key that is pressed when selecting timer cooking for the left heating port 4L. Timer cooking is a cooking method in which the user sets the cooking time and the heating operation is performed only for the set time.

The input key 152L is a key that is pressed when selecting a control menu to be implemented by the left heating port 4L. Each time the input key 152L is pressed, one of multiple control menus can be selected. The "control menu" referred to here is, for example, boiling water, stewing, deep frying (automatic cooking), etc. The operating time, heat power, or operating pattern of the left heating port 4L differs for each control menu.

The control menu for using the left heating port 4L and the right heating port 4R by operating the left operation unit 15L or the right operation unit 15R without operating the central operation unit 15M is the control menu for the "single cooking mode" KM1, which uses induction heating only. The "single cooking mode" KM1 will be explained later.

The input key 153L is a key that is pressed to start or stop cooking in the left heating port 4L. That is, when the input key 153L is pressed, the left IH coil 9L located below the left heating port 4L is driven. When the input key 153L is pressed again while the left IH coil 9L is being driven, the driving of the left IH coil 9L is stopped and the induction heating operation is immediately stopped.

The input keys 154L and 155L are pressed to specify the heat level for cooking with the left heating port 4L. Pressing the input key 154L on the left decreases the heat level by one level. Conversely, pressing the input key 155L on the right increases the heat level by one level. The heat level for induction cooking with the left heating port 4L has nine levels, ranging from the minimum rated heat level (heat level 1: 150 W) to the maximum rated heat level (heat level 9: 3200 W).

Figure 8 is an enlarged view of the right display unit 16R, right heating power display unit 17R, and right operation unit 15R according to embodiment 1. The right display unit 16R displays information related to cooking in the right heating port 4R, and is configured, for example, with a liquid crystal display. The information related to cooking in the right heating port 4R displayed on the right display unit 16R is the same as the information related to cooking in the left heating port 4L.

The right heating power display unit 17R is composed of multiple light-emitting elements (LEDs) and displays the heating power of the right heating port 4R in multiple stages. Like the left heating power display unit 17L, the right heating power display unit 17R indicates the heating power by switching the lighting state (on, off, blinking, etc.) of the multiple light-emitting elements (LEDs) or by switching the lighting color.

The right operation unit 15R is used to input operations related to cooking using the right heating port 4R. As shown in FIG. 8, the right operation unit 15R has five input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R, and 155R.

The input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R and 155R are capacitive touch switches that can input by utilizing the change in capacitance when the user lightly touches them with a finger, for example.

A light-emitting unit 21R is provided corresponding to each of the input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R, and 155R. The light-emitting unit 21R is a light-emitting element (LED), and the light-emitting unit 21R corresponding to each input key lights up in response to the operation of the input keys 151R, 152R, 153R, 154R, and 155R. However, the two adjacent input keys 154R and 155R share a single light-emitting unit 21R because they perform the same type of function, increasing and decreasing the flame power.

The input key 151R is a key that is pressed when selecting timer cooking for the right heating port 4R. The input key 152R is a key that is pressed when selecting a control menu to be implemented for the right heating port 4R.

Input key 153R is a key that is pressed to start or stop cooking in the right heating port 4R. Input keys 154R and 154R are keys that are pressed to specify the heat level during cooking in the right heating port 4R. Pressing input key 154R on the left decreases the heat level by one level. Conversely, pressing input key 155R on the right increases the heat level by one level. Note that there are nine heat levels for induction cooking in the right heating port 4R, ranging from a rated minimum heat level (heat level 1) of 150W to a rated maximum heat level (heat level 9) of 3200W.

Figure 9 is an enlarged view of the central display unit 16M, central operation unit 15M, and central heating status display unit 17M according to embodiment 1.

The central display unit 16M displays information and warnings about the entire cooking device 1, and is composed of a liquid crystal display. The display screen of the central display unit 16M displays the selection result of the induction heating means (first heating means) HM1, the microwave heating means (second heating means) HM2, and the radiant heat heating means (third heating means) HM3, the operating status of each heating means, and caution information or warning information for cooking with each heating means.

The central display unit 16M is a single LCD display in terms of hardware, but as shown in FIG. 9, it has three display areas: a first display area 22 on the left, a second display area 23 in the center left and right, and a third display area 24 on the right, and each display area can display different things. The three display areas 22 to 24 may also be linked together as appropriate to become a single (large) display area depending on the display situation, and may display a single purpose. In the following, the first display area 22 will be referred to as the first area 22, the second display area 23 as the second area 23, and the third display area 24 as the third area 24.

The central heating status display section 17M is divided into two sections in the front-to-rear direction, and the lower section (front side) contains a range light-emitting element (LED) 310 behind the range character display section, a grill light-emitting element (LED) 311 behind the grill character display section, an oven light-emitting element (LED) 312 behind the oven character display section, and a central IH light-emitting element (LED) 313 behind the central IH character display section.

At the top (rear) are warning letters saying "Caution: High Temperature" and a group of high temperature warning light emitting diodes (LEDs) 314 arranged in front and below a diagram that typically represents the heating chamber 6 and the three heating ports 4L, 4C, and 4R.

The high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) group 314 is composed of a heating chamber high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) 314a and an IH high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) 314b arranged on the left and right.

The heating chamber high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) 314a lights up when the temperature inside the heating chamber 6 is high, for example, 50° C. or higher.
The IH high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) 314b lights up when any of the left IH coil 9L, right IH coil 9R, and center IH coil 9C is operating or when the temperature of the top plate 3 is high, for example, 50° C. or higher.

The central operation unit 15M is used to input operations mainly related to cooking in the heating chamber 6 and cooking using the central heating port 4C.
As shown in FIG. 9, the central operation unit 15M includes nine input keys 151M, 152M, 153M, 154M, 155M, 156M, 157M, 158M, and 159M, and a function setting key 151KP (not shown).

The nine input keys 151M to 159M are capacitive touch switches. In addition, light emitting units 21M are provided near each of the input keys 151M to 159M.

The function setting key 151KP (not shown) is located on the far left side of the central operation unit 15M. This function setting key 151KP allows the user to set the various operations and displays of the entire cooking device 1 as desired.

When the function setting key 151KP (not shown) is pressed, the control device 40, which will be described later, switches to a "function mode" and displays a "function setting menu" such as the one shown below on the display screen of the central display unit 16M.
(1) Child lock setting (setting to disable operation of various input keys).
(2) Setting the ventilation fan linkage mode.
(3) Cleaning guide setting (setting of automatic notification function for when to clean heating chamber 6 and exhaust port cover 5).
(4) Peak cut setting (select one of four maximum power consumption levels: 5700W, 5000W, 4800W, or 4000W).
(5) Audio guide audio settings.
(6) Audio guide volume settings.
(7) Settings to prevent food, cooking utensils, etc. from being forgotten to be removed from the heating chamber 6 (whether or not an alarm is required by the audio notification unit 50 and the central display unit 16M).
(8) HEMS registration settings (settings related to the power usage limiting function of the home power control device).
(9) Setting the time unit for timer cooking (change the 1-minute setting to 5-minute or 30-minute units).
(10) Switching between beginner mode and normal (expert) mode.
(11) Setting the type (range) of inventory information SD1 to be acquired from an external device (refrigerator 800: not shown).
(12) Setting the display priority (specific cooking menu to be displayed as default, identification information 167) of each cooking menu (e.g., “hamburger steak”) in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
(13) Setting the display priority (specific control menu to be displayed as default) of each control menu of the composite cooking mode KM2 (e.g., "Grill in the microwave" and "Pre-boil leafy vegetables").
(14) Setting the cooking mode to be automatically displayed on the central display unit 16M when the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is opened after the main power switch 20 is turned “ON” (such as the display priority between the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2).
(15) A setting for preventing the automatic display of additional information 165 and 166 (see FIG. 15) described later and a setting for preventing the audio notification unit 50 from notifying the additional information 165 and 166 by audio.

The "beginner mode" is an optional function for people (users) who are not familiar with using the cooking appliance 1. When the beginner mode is selected, the voice guidance in the voice notification unit 50 becomes more detailed and thorough. In addition, more voice guidance is provided for input operations in the input operation unit 15, and more information is displayed on the display screen of the central display unit 16M.

When the beginner mode is set, particularly in the case of cooking in the composite cooking mode KM2 and the linked cooking mode KM3, the amount of reference information (including, for example, additional information 165, 166 described below) displayed on the display screen of the central display unit 16M increases in cooking process 1 and cooking process 2, or the content of the voice guidance in the voice notification unit 50 increases. This enhances the function of supporting the user's input operations.

In addition, in conjunction with switching from the "beginner mode" to the "normal (expert) mode", the content of the voice guidance from the voice notification unit 50 may be automatically set to not change.

When the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is opened after the main power switch 20 described below is turned "ON," the cooking mode setting that is automatically displayed on the central display unit 16M refers to setting either the coordinated cooking mode KM3 or the composite cooking mode KM2. Since both the coordinated cooking mode KM3 and the composite cooking mode KM2 use the same central display unit 16M, the user can set the display of one of them to take priority. This will be explained in detail later. Note that in the first embodiment, the "composite cooking mode" KM2 referred to here exceptionally includes the control menus of several single cooking modes, such as the single cooking mode KM1 using the central IH coil 9M.

When the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is opened after the main power switch 20 is turned “ON”, the control device 40 detects that the door 7 has been opened.
The device has a function that presumes that the user will be cooking using the heating chamber 6, and automatically displays either the first specific screen 16M1 for the linked cooking mode KM3 or the second specific screen 16M2 for the composite cooking mode KM2 on the central display unit 16M.
In addition, immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned ON, the central display section 16M displays a standby initial screen 16MH, which will be described later. After that, immediately after the door 7 is opened, the second specific screen 16M2 is automatically displayed.

After the "Function Setting Menu" is displayed on the display screen of the central display unit 16M, by "pressing and holding" (hereinafter referred to as "long press") a specific input key (e.g., 154M) other than the function setting key 151KP, one setting menu from the "Function Setting Menu" can be selected, and the desired setting contents can be subsequently changed.

Alternatively, if two specific input keys other than the function setting key 151KP are pressed and held simultaneously, one of the setting menus from the function setting menu described above can be called up and the desired settings can be changed.

The term "long press" refers to a state in which the button is pressed continuously for five seconds or more, for example.
The control device 40 judges whether or not the state is a "long press" by comparing the timing of the touch input in the central operation unit 15M with a reference value. That is, the timing when the input keys (e.g., 154M and 155M) are pressed simultaneously in the central operation unit 15M can be determined by the "ON" (when touched)-"OFF" (when not touched) signal transmitted from the input operation unit 15M to the control device 40, and the control device 40 measures the time from the "ON" signal to the time when it changes to the "OFF" signal to judge whether or not it is a "long press."

The type (range) of inventory information SD1 obtained from the refrigerator 800 (not shown) may be, for example, limited to only frozen foods, or limited to only food ingredients that can be heated by a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2).

When the control mode and control conditions (temperature, heat, time, etc.) of the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3 are being selected in the central display section 16M, the input function of the function setting key 151KP is disabled to prevent switching of the function mode.

The following describes how to set the peak cut value for the cooking appliance 1. Even if the default value at the time of shipment from the manufacturer is 5400W, it can be set to any of 5000W, 4800W, or 4000W when installed in the user's home.

In this way, the functions of the cooking appliance 1 can be changed by the function setting key 151KP described above according to the user's wishes and the usage environment (electricity situation of the home where the appliance is installed). When the peak cut value is set in this way, the setting result is stored in the control device 40, and is used to determine whether or not to permit the use of the linked cooking mode KM3 when the user selects the linked cooking mode KM3, as described below. Therefore, the peak cut value cannot be changed by the function setting key 151KP (not shown) during the period when the cooking condition data described below is being received from the communication terminal device 200.

The light emitting section 21M is composed of an LED, and emits light in response to the operation of the input keys 151M to 159M.
The two adjacent input keys 155M and 154M have in common the function of changing the display content of the first area 22, and therefore share one light emitting section 21M.

The two adjacent input keys 157M and 156M share one light-emitting section 21M since they have a common function of changing the display content of the second area 23.
The two adjacent input keys 159M and 158M share one light-emitting section 21M since they have a common function of changing the display content of the third area 24.

The input key 151M is a start key that is pressed (touched) to start cooking, and the input key 152M is a cancel key that is pressed to stop or end cooking.

The input key 153M is a key that is operated to select the "single cooking mode" KM1, the "combined cooking mode" KM2, or the "linked cooking mode" KM3, which executes the "control menu" described above.

When any one of the "single cooking mode" KM1, "composite cooking mode" KM2, and "linked cooking mode" KM3 is selected, the selection result is displayed on the central display section 16M. The "single cooking mode", "composite cooking mode", and "linked cooking mode" will be explained in detail later.

As shown in FIG. 9, the input keys 154M and 155M are located adjacent to the first area 22 of the central display unit 16M, near the front of it, and are used to switch the display content of the screen displayed in the first area 22 of the central display unit 16M.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
FIG. 10 is a plan view of the central display section 16M.
When the input key 154M is pressed, that is, when the user operates it, the content displayed in the first area 22, for example, the display information 25A of "Microwave manual" in one control menu belonging to the "composite cooking mode" KM2, moves backward. At the same time, the display information 25B of "Pre-boil leafy vegetables" displayed in the front is displayed in the center.

In addition, when the input key 155M is pressed, that is, when the user operates it, the display information 25A for "Microwave Manual" displayed in the first area 22 moves forward, and the display information 25C for "Warm" displayed at the rear is displayed in the center.

In this way, the user can select a particular control menu (e.g., "Manual Range") within the "Control Menu" by operating input keys 154M and 155M.

The "manual range" control menu originally belongs to the "single cooking mode" KM1, which uses only the second heating means HM2, but in addition to this, the control menus (for combined cooking) belonging to the "combined cooking mode" KM2 and the "linked cooking mode" KM3, respectively, and the control menus and linked cooking menus (for example, "hamburger steak") belonging to the linked cooking menus are also displayed in the first area 22.

When input key 151M is pressed, that is, when the user operates it, in the case of FIG. 9, "Microwave Manual" is selected from the control menu displayed in the center. The corresponding heating starts, that is, the heating means (in this case, microwave oscillation source 11) is driven. Thus, input keys 154M and 155M correspond to the selection keys of the control menu operated by the user. Similarly, they correspond to the selection keys of the control menu (for composite cooking). Furthermore, they also correspond to the selection keys of the linked cooking menu.

In FIG. 9, input keys 156M and 157M are located adjacent to and in front of the second area 23 of the central display unit 16M, and are used to switch the display content of the screen displayed in the second area 23 of the central display unit 16M.

To explain using the example of FIG. 10, pressing input key 156M increases the wattage (microwave output value) displayed in second area 23 ("500 W" in FIG. 10) by one step (e.g., to "600 W"). Conversely, pressing input key 157M decreases the wattage displayed in second area 23 by one step (e.g., to "200 W").

By operating input keys 156M and 157M, the user can select the wattage (microwave output value) for range cooking performed in heating chamber 5 (a type of "single cooking mode" KM1 using microwave source 11).

The input keys 158M and 159M are located adjacent to and in front of the third area 24 of the central display unit 16M, and are used to switch the display content displayed in the third area 24.

10, when input key 158M is pressed, the heating operation time displayed in the third area 24 is increased by one step. Conversely, when input key 159M is pressed, the heating operation time displayed in the third area 24 is decreased by one step.
The user can select the time for microwave cooking to be performed in the heating chamber 6 by operating the input keys 158M and 159M.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
FIG. 11 is a control block diagram showing main functions of the cooking appliance 1 according to the first embodiment.
As shown in FIG. 11, the cooking appliance 1 includes a control device 40 that controls the entire cooking appliance 1 .

The control device 40 is an electronic circuit board on which electronic components such as a control circuit that controls the operation of each part of the cooking device 1 are mounted. The control device 40 controls the operation of the left IH coil 9L, the right IH coil 9R, and the center coil 9C (not shown) based on the operation of the left operating unit 15L and the right operating unit 15R, and the temperature of the heated object on the top plate 3.

The control device 40 controls the operation of the central IH coil 9C, the microwave heating means 11, the upper radiant heat heating means 12a, and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b based on the operation of the central operation unit 15M, the temperature of the heated object on the top plate 3, and the detection results of the infrared sensor 13 and the thermistor sensor 14.

The control device 40 also controls the display of the left display unit 16L, the right display unit 16R, the left heating power display unit 17L, and the right heating power display unit 17R based on the operation of the left operation unit 15L and the right operation unit 15R.

Furthermore, the control device 40 controls the display of the central display unit 16M and the central heating status display unit 17M based on the open signal from the open/close detection unit 10 and the operation of the left operation unit 15L, the right operation unit 15R, and the central operation unit 15M.

The control device 40 has a storage device 41 that stores various programs and parameter data used to control the cooking device 1 (hereinafter collectively referred to as "control data"), and data for the display screens displayed on the display units 16L, 16R, 16M, 17L, and 17R (hereinafter collectively referred to as "display condition data"). The control device 40 also activates the audio notification unit 50 as necessary, and notifies the user of the operating status of the cooking device 1 by audio.

The control device 40 stores various programs and data such as parameters (hereinafter referred to as "cooking condition data") used for heating and cooking control by the heating control unit 43 in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 of the storage device 41.

The cooking condition data and display condition data may be acquired by the cooking appliance 1 together or separately from an external device such as the communication terminal device 200.

42 is a storage unit that stores the "cooking condition data" and "display condition data." The storage unit 42 may constitute one section (area) in the storage device 41, or may be configured as a separate hardware unit from the storage device 41.

Reference numeral 43 denotes a heating control section which performs integrated control of the entire heating operation of the cooking device 1 and is mainly composed of a microcomputer.
A data acquisition unit 53 acquires the “cooking condition data” from the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51. In addition, the data acquisition unit 53 may acquire the “display condition data” from the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51.

51 is a communication unit that wirelessly communicates with the outside, and has a function of performing wireless communication 400 with the smartphone 200 as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 3. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, it has a function of forming networks 203, 204, and 205 with the cloud server 300.

Reference numeral 54 denotes a permission condition determination unit that performs a process of determining whether or not cooking in the combined cooking mode KM3 is permitted.
Reference numeral 57 denotes a power supply circuit, which supplies power of a constant voltage to the control device 40. Reference numeral 20 denotes a main power supply switch inserted in this power supply circuit 57.

A limiting unit 55 limits acquisition of the cooking condition data 2.
The restriction unit 55 has a function of restricting the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 during the waiting period before starting cooking in the collaborative cooking mode KM3 (i.e., before “cooking process 1” shown in FIG. 29).

Furthermore, the restriction unit 55 has a function of restricting the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data 2 acquired before the start of the cooking process 1 is applied is completed.
In addition, the restriction unit 55 may be realized by a single control program of a computer (not shown) that constitutes the control device 40, and it is not necessarily required that the restriction unit 55 be configured as a separate hardware component from the control device 40.

(3. Configuration of the control menu of the central operation unit)
Next, a selectable control menu that is displayed on the central display unit 16M by the central operation unit 15M will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 12 shows the entire control menu that can be selected using the central operation unit 15M.
The control menus that can be selected by the central operating unit 15M are divided into an RG (range grill) menu group that uses the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2) and one or both of the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b, and an IH menu group that uses the central IH coil 9C corresponding to the central heating port 4C.

Figure 13 shows the control menu shown in Figure 12 categorized into four perspectives (categories 1 to 4). As is clear from Figure 13, the control menu is broadly categorized into a single cooking mode KM1 and a combined cooking mode KM2. Although Figures 12 and 13 do not show the linked cooking mode KM3, the central operation unit 15M can execute a linked cooking menu in the linked cooking mode.

When the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" and input key 154M or 155R is pressed without operating input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M, the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected.

Therefore, the display screen of the central display section 16M is switched to the second specific screen 16M2.
In the first area 22 of the second specific screen 16M2, the control menu "Warm" shown in the "left display area" of Fig. 12 is always displayed first. This is because the control menu "Warm" is set as the default.

The "left display area" in FIG. 12 is a display area that corresponds to the first area 22 described in FIG. 9. In other words, the various control menus shown in the "left display area" in FIG. 12 are displayed sequentially in the first area 22.

As shown in the "left display area" of Figure 12, in addition to "warm," there are 13 control menus: "Microwave manual," "Pre-boil leafy vegetables," "Pre-boil root vegetables," "Defrost meat," "Microwave grill (RG) cooking," "Microwave grill (RG) reheat," "Microwave grill (RG) manual," "Grill," "Oven," "IH keep warm," "IH rice cooking," and "IH heat."

The control menus "Warm", "Manual microwave", "Pre-boil leafy vegetables", "Pre-boil root vegetables", "Defrost meat", "Range grill (RG) cooking", "Range grill (RG) reheat", "Range grill (RG) manual", "Grill", and "Oven" are included in the RG menu group.
In addition, "IH Keep Warm", "IH Cook Rice", and "IH Heat" are included in the IH menu group.

The contents shown in the "Central Display Area" in FIG. 12 are the contents displayed in the second area 23 of the central display unit 16M, and relate to adjustments to the heating conditions during cooking, such as temperature, time, heat, "high" or "low", etc. In other words, various control conditions are shown in the "Central Display Area". The contents of the default settings for this "Central Display Area" are listed in the "Default" column in the right column of the "Central Display Area".

The contents written in the "Right Display Area" in FIG. 12 indicate the contents displayed in the third area 24 of the central display unit 16M. The default settings for the "Right Display Area" are listed in the "Default" column in the right column of the "Right Display Area". A blank space does not indicate a control condition that can be changed, but rather indicates that no information is displayed, or that an appropriate explanatory text that cannot be selected or changed (by the user) is displayed in the third area 24.

Next, a total of 13 types of control menus displayed in the "left display area" of FIG. 12 will be described.
(1) Warming: This refers to heating the food in the heating chamber 6 using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2). This "warming" is also suitable for reheating the food. The default setting is "80°C", so microwave heating automatically stops when the food is heated to 80°C. Note that "80°C" is the target temperature, which can be adjusted by the user before heating begins. As shown in the central display area of FIG. 12, for example, the range from 0°C to 90°C can be set in 5°C increments.

(2) Manual range: This refers to heating the food in the heating chamber 6 using the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2). The heating time is set by the user to a specific time between 10 seconds and 60 minutes.

(3) Parboiling of leafy vegetables: This is suitable for boiling the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6 using a microwave heating means (second heating means HM2), particularly vegetables whose leaves are edible, such as spinach, Chinese cabbage, and other leafy vegetables. The infrared sensor 13 measures the temperature rise of the food to be cooked in real time and automatically stops.

(4) Parboiling of root vegetables: This is suitable for parboiling the food to be cooked in the heating chamber 6, particularly roots, rhizomes, potatoes, and other root vegetables, using a microwave heating means (second heating means HM2).

(5) Meat thawing: Suitable for thawing various frozen meats.
(6) Range grill (RG) cooking: Food items in the heating chamber 6 are cooked by combining microwave heating using a microwave heating means (second heating means HM2) with oven heating using upper radiant heat heating means 12a and lower radiant heat heating means 12b.

(7) Range Grill (RG) Re-cooking: Suitable for re-heating food that has already been cooked in the heating chamber 6.
(8) Range Grill (RG) Manual: The user can select between microwave heating and oven heating as appropriate to heat and cook the food in the heating chamber 6.

(9) Grill: This uses one or both of the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b to heat food in the heating chamber 5. In other words, this is a control menu that uses the third heating means HM3.

The "Grill" function does not manage the temperature of the heating chamber 6, nor does it detect a rise in the temperature of the food being cooked and stop the heating operation. The heating operation is performed for a period of time specified by the user, within a range of 10 seconds to 30 minutes.

(10) Oven: Either or both of the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b are used to heat the food in the heating chamber 6. The temperature of the heating chamber 6 is measured in real time by a thermistor sensor 14, and the power supply to the upper radiant heat heating means 12a and the lower radiant heat heating means 12b is controlled so that the temperature reaches the set target temperature.

(11) IH Warmth: Heats a heated object such as a pot placed above the central heating port 4C so as to keep it at a temperature set by the user. Low to medium heat of 200W to 750W is used for induction heating, and a temperature sensor (not shown) installed near the central IH coil 9C detects the temperature of the heated object in real time, and the heating control unit 43 of the control device 40 controls the heat based on the detected temperature. The default temperature is 80°C as shown in Figure 12. For example, it is suitable for keeping soup warm.

(12) IH rice cooking: Heats according to the number of servings (amount of rice cooked) set by the user. Induction heating powers range from low to high, ranging from 200W to 1500W. A temperature sensor (not shown) installed near the central IH coil 9C is used to detect abnormal heating of the heated object (also called an overheated state or overheating; the same applies below), and if an abnormal temperature is detected, the control device 40 reduces the heat or stops the heating operation.

(13) IH heating: Heats according to the induction heating power set by the user. There are five levels of heat that can be set: Heat 1: 200 W, Heat 2: 500 W, Heat 3: 750 W, Heat 4: 1000 W, and Heat 5: 1500 W. A temperature sensor (not shown) installed near the central IH coil 9C is used to detect abnormal heating of the heated object, and if an abnormal temperature is detected, the control device 40 reduces the heat or stops the heating operation. The default heat is 500 W.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
FIG. 13 is a classification table of the RG control menus ("RG menu group" in FIG. 12) and the IH control menus ("IH menu group" in FIG. 12) of the single cooking mode KM1 using the induction heating source 9.

The "left display area" of the first region in FIG. 13 means the first area. As is clear from FIG. 13, the names of the control menus shown in FIG. 13 are also displayed in text in the first area 22 of the central display unit 16M, and are used by the user to select a control menu.

FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram showing the storage structure of various cooking control menus in the cooperative cooking mode and the combined cooking mode, and the correspondence between the menus and input keys.
Information indicating the main points of each control menu shown in category 2 of FIG. 13 is stored as data in the third layer of the cooking condition storage unit 42 as shown in FIG.

Therefore, by operating input keys 154M and 155M to select the desired control menu, the user can automatically or arbitrarily display information showing the main points of each control menu shown in category 2 of FIG. 13, which is one-to-one corresponding (linked) to that control menu. An example of this automatic display is shown in FIG. 15.

Next, the display on the central display unit 16M when the central operation unit 15M is operated will be described with reference to the schematic diagram of FIG.
First, when the user turns on the main power by pressing the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 (see FIG. 11), the device enters a state in which it can accept operations from the left operation unit 15R, the central operation unit 15M, and the right operation unit 15R, and a predetermined screen (hereinafter referred to as the "standby initial screen" 16MH) is displayed on the central display unit 16M, although this is not shown in the figure.

In this state, when the user presses the input key 154M or 155M, the display screen 15ST is displayed in the central display section 16M as shown in FIG.
As is clear from the display screen 15ST, the name 160 of the control menu "Warm" is displayed large in the center of the first area 22 in the front-to-back direction.

The word "IH heating" (control menu identification information) 161 is displayed behind the control menu identification information 160 "Warm" displayed in the center of the first area 22, and conversely, the word "Microwave manual" (control menu identification information) 162 is displayed slightly smaller in front of it.

As a result, when the user selects the control menu, it is clear that the next options are "IH heating" and "Microwave manual." If, at this stage, the input key 154M is pressed once, the control menu identification information 162 for "Microwave manual" is displayed large, as if it has moved (backwards) to the position of the characters "Warm" (control menu identification information) 160. Note that the characters of the control menu identification information 162 have not actually moved; the displayed information has simply switched.

When the input key 155M is pressed once, the characters "IH heating" (control menu identification information) 161 are displayed large and appear to have moved (forward) to the position of the characters "Warm" (control menu identification information) 160. Note that in this case, too, the control menu identification information 162 has not actually moved, but rather the displayed information has simply been switched.

In FIG. 15, the display screen 15ST displays a target temperature of "80°C" in the second area 23. When microwave heating is performed at this target temperature, microwave heating is automatically stopped when the infrared sensor 13 detects that the temperature of the food being cooked is 80°C.

If you wish to change the temperature displayed in this second area 23 and change the automatic stop temperature, simply operate input key 156M or 157M. Pressing input key 156M once will raise the temperature by 5°C to 85°C, as shown on display screen 15UP1, and pressing input key 167M once will lower the temperature by 5°C to 75°C, as shown on display screen 15DN1.

The second area 23 also displays a heating source display section 163 that indicates in text that the heating source is a microwave heating means (second heating means HM2).

As described above, 164 is reference information that is automatically displayed to indicate that this is a recommended control menu for heating side dishes, etc. The content of this reference information may be other additional information 165, and two or more types of information may be displayed alternately or sequentially for several seconds each on the display screen (e.g., third area 24) of the central display unit 16M.

Furthermore, as shown in category 2 of FIG. 13, information (reference information) 164 indicating the main points of each control menu may be displayed whenever necessary in response to the operation of the input keys 158 or 159 .
In other words, in this embodiment 1, the reference information 164 that corresponds one-to-one with each control menu (e.g., "warm up") is displayed so that the user does not hesitate as to whether or not to select each control menu (e.g., "warm up").

Furthermore, when reference information 164 is displayed as shown in FIG. 15, if one of the (two) input keys 158M or 159M located in front of the reference information 164 is touched, more detailed additional information 166 may be displayed in the third area 24 instead of the reference information 164.

As shown in FIG. 15, the aforementioned "composite cooking mode" KM2 is a mode in which multiple heating means with different heating principles, such as the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3, are driven simultaneously or automatically switched with a time lag to heat and cook a common food item.

In FIG. 15, the display screen of the central display unit 16M is a dedicated display screen for the "combined cooking mode" KM2, and may be referred to as the "second specific screen" 16M2.

Next, a description will be given of FIGS.
16 is a plan view showing the relationship between the display operation of the central display unit 16M and the central operation unit 15M in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, showing a state during a heating operation.

In FIG. 16, when the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" to start up the control device 40 and the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed, the first specific screen 16M1 shown in FIG. 16 is displayed.

Even if the input key 155M or 156M is pressed first and the setting operation for a single cooking mode such as microwave heating or a combined cooking mode KM2 such as microwave grill (RG) cooking is halfway through, if it is at a stage before the input key 151M is pressed, the input process for the combined cooking mode KM3 will be changed from the stage at which the input key 153M is pressed. In other words, from this stage onwards, only the first specific screen 16M1 will be displayed on the central display section 16M.

When input key 153M is touched, followed by input key 154M or 155M, further identification information (including a graphic mark and the name of the food) 167 is displayed in the first area 22 of the display screen (first identification screen) 16M1 of the central display unit 16M to identify the food to be cooked that is the target of the multiple linked cooking modes KM3 (the linked cooking menu).

In FIG. 16, the number of "food items" that can be cooked in the coordinated cooking mode displayed in the central display section 16M is three. That is, there are three: hamburger steak, gratin, and roast beef. In this way, the number of food items is called the "number of coordinated cooking menus."

In this embodiment 1, there are a total of eight linked cooking menus. Details are explained in Figures 17 and 18. However, it is possible to obtain cooking condition data from a smartphone (communication terminal device) 200 (described later) to further increase the number of linked cooking menus.

In FIG. 16, 167, 168, and 169 are identification information, which in this embodiment 1 is information that indicates one-to-one the name of the food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak, gratin, roast beef). Note that when explaining all the identification information of the linked cooking menu, the reference number 167 is used.

The position where the control menu identification information 160 (see FIG. 15) is displayed may be hereinafter referred to as "display position A."
In contrast, in the collaborative cooking mode KM3, the position where the identification information 167 is displayed may hereinafter be referred to as "display position B."

In this embodiment 1, "display position B" and the aforementioned "display position A" (see FIG. 15) are in the same position, but they may be set to different positions. However, in order to avoid user confusion, in the linked cooking mode KM3, the eight linked cooking menus are always in the same position (display position B). Also, in the composite cooking mode KM2, it is good to always unify each control menu to the same (single) "display position A."

In FIG. 16, the operation support information 170 displays "Press the start button to start heating the left IH." This means that by pressing the input key 151M on the central operation unit 15M, induction heating (in the coordinated cooking mode KM3) can be started by the left IH coil 9L. However, in this embodiment 1, it is necessary to press the input key 153L on the left operation unit 15L after pressing the input key 151M.

As shown in FIG. 16, identification information 168 indicating the name of another cooking item (e.g., gratin) is displayed above (at the rear in plan view) the identification information 167 displayed on the first specific screen 16M1.

In addition, below the identification information 167, identification information 169 indicating the name of another cooking item (e.g., roast beef) is displayed. In FIG. 16, one light-emitting element 21M corresponding to an input key 151M is surrounded by a dashed circle, which indicates that the light-emitting element 21M is blinking (or emitting light in a color different from the other light-emitting elements) and waiting for a command to start cooking.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
Similarly to the switching of the display between the composite cooking mode KM2 and the single cooking mode KM1, the food to be cooked in the combined cooking mode KM3 can be selected by operating the two input keys 154M and 155M.

That is, each time either input key 154M or 155M is operated once, the identification information 167 indicating the name of the food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak) changes its display by moving one step upward or downward in sequence. In other words, the identification information 167 can be displayed sequentially at a predetermined position (front-to-back center position) in the first area 22L by forward and reverse movement, in other words, at the display position B.

In this embodiment 1, as mentioned above, there are a total of eight types of food to be cooked in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Therefore, for example, if the left input key 155M is operated eight times, the identification information 167 of one food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak) will cycle through one item. Conversely, if the right input key 154M is operated eight times, the identification information 167 of one food to be cooked (e.g., hamburger steak) will cycle through one item.

In FIG. 17(A), FG indicates the user's fingertips. Each time the input key 155M is pressed once, the display content of the first specific screen 16M1 changes to display screens 17A to 17D, as shown in FIG. 17(B).

Referring to FIG. 18 .
FIG. 18 is a table showing the correspondence between the cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the operation support information 170.

As can be seen from FIG. 18, the operation support information 170 is of two types: operation support information A and operation support information B. One is information that says "Press the start button to start heating the left induction cooker," and the other is information that says "Press the start button to confirm." This "start button" refers to input key 151M.

The above-mentioned two types of operation support information 170 are automatically switched before the start of the cooking process in the collaborative cooking mode KM3. For example, they are displayed alternately every few seconds.

Next, reference will be made to FIG.
In this embodiment 1, a "cooperative preheat cooking mode" KM4 is provided as one type of the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
There are two types of coordinated preheat cooking mode KM4.

An example of a cooking menu that utilizes the linked preheat cooking mode KM4 is "hamburger steak." In the case of "hamburger steak," the preheating process is performed using the induction heating source 9 (first heating means HM1).

If cooking process 1 is started while the preheating process is being performed (by the induction heating source 9), the heating operation of the preheating process has not been stopped at the time when the cooking process 1 is started.
Therefore, the energization of the induction heating source 9 and the energization of the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) and the third heating means HM3 in charge of cooking process 1 are performed in parallel during the same time period.

In other words, in the linked preheat cooking mode KM4, the heating source (in the above explanation, the first heating means HM1) that has started operating before cooking process 1 is not necessarily stopped at the start of cooking process 1, and during cooking process 1, power may be applied to either or both of the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) and the third heating means HM3.

Unless there is a particular contradiction, the following explanation will be based on the assumption that the linked cooking mode KM3 includes the linked preheat cooking mode KM4.

When the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected, the left operation unit 15L of the left IH coil 9L cannot be used for other cooking menus when the identification information 167 indicating the name of the food to be cooked is displayed on the central display unit 16M.

Specifically, of the various input keys on the left operation unit 15L, at least the input key 153L is disabled by the heating control unit 43. This "disabled" means that a valid command signal is not sent from the input key 153L to the heating control unit 43, and that even if a valid command signal is sent, the heating control unit 43 does not process the command signal as a valid command signal. In either case, heating with the left IH coil 9L cannot be selected.

At the same time, when the identification information 167 is displayed, the right operation unit 15R of the right heating port 4R may be made unusable (by "disabling" the input key 153R). However, if the user has previously set the function on the input operation unit 15 (using the function setting key 151KP) so that this "disabling" is not performed, the right IH coil 9R can be used as is if it is already being used for another control menu (heating operation is ongoing). On the other hand, in the linked cooking mode KM3, due to the fact that it has already been used, it is determined that it cannot be used (by the heating control unit 43).

Therefore, only the left IH coil 9L is "occupied" by the selection of the linked cooking mode KM3. Also, when viewed from the perspective of the first heating source HM1 as a whole, the use of only a portion of the three heating parts (the left IH coil 9L) is "restricted." Note that if the right IH coil 9R is not being used for other cooking, the right IH coil 9R may also be placed in an occupied state.

Continuing with the description of FIG.
19 shows the operation steps when "fried chicken" is made in the cooperative cooking mode KM3. In FIG. 19, #1 to #9 show the user's operations and state changes of the cooking appliance 1.

The "fried chicken" shown in FIG. 19 differs from the "hamburger steak" described above in that cooking process 1 is performed in the heating chamber 6 and cooking process 2 is performed by the induction heating source 9.

In FIG. 19, before starting cooking step 1 to cook "fried chicken," the user first selects the left IH coil 9L and presses the input key 151L. Then, preheating of the object to be heated placed on the top plate 3 begins. In this case, the object to be heated is a metal pot or frying pan, etc., with a certain amount of cooking oil added.

Meanwhile, the user opens the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 and places the ingredients for "fried chicken" (such as seasoned chicken) into the heating chamber 6 (#1).
After closing the door 7, an operation A23 called "pressing the start button" is performed. This operation is performed by pressing the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M.

At this point, the microwave heating source (second heating means HM2) is activated and cooking step 1 of microwave cooking begins. Then, notification 1 of reference information is given.

The notification 1 may be, for example, "Microwave heating has started. Heating time is xx minutes." This may be the time until the end of heating. Alternatively, if the control detects the temperature of the food being cooked and determines when to end the heating, it may be information indicating a target temperature, such as "Heating to xx degrees Celsius."

During this cooking step 1, the preheating of the left IH coil 9L is also completed (for example, the object to be heated is heated to the standard preheating temperature of 180°C). The user is notified of the completion of preheating by voice and text, etc., via the audio notification unit 51 and the central display unit 16M (first specific screen 16M1) (#2).

The user can stop microwave heating at any time during cooking step 1. To stop microwave heating, simply open door 7. Microwave heating can be temporarily stopped by pressing input key 152M on central operation unit 15M just once. However, pressing input key 152M twice within a short period of time will cancel the cooking mode and the selection of "fried chicken" in the linked cooking mode.

By opening the door 7, the microwave heating operation is immediately stopped, and the cooking process 1 is completed (#3).
Next, the user moves the food material that has been heated in the heating chamber 6 into the object to be heated that has been preheated on the top plate 3 (#4).

Then, cooking process 2 is started at the left heating port 4L (#5).
In cooking step 2, since the input key 153L (see FIG. 7) of the left operation unit 15L is pressed at the beginning before preheating starts, there is no need to operate the left operation unit 15L at the start of cooking step 2. In other words, when the food (fried chicken ingredients) is moved into the object to be heated that has been preheated to, for example, 180° C., heating of the food starts at the temperature of the object to be heated (this point is the start point of cooking step 2).

As described above, the user does not need to operate the input operation unit 15 in order to start cooking process 2 (#5).
The point at which the food to be cooked is placed on top of the food to be heated is the start of cooking process 2, but the temperature sensor group 30 (see Figure 11) may detect a temporary drop in the temperature of the food to be cooked when the food is placed on top of the food to be cooked, and then determine the start of cooking process 2 electrically.
The user can end cooking step 2 at any timing by operating the left operating unit 15L.

The user then moves the food again.
First, the door 7 is opened, the food to be cooked is placed in the heating chamber 6, and the door 7 is closed (#6).
Then, the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed to start cooking step 3 of the range grill control menu (RG control menu).

When a predetermined time (TN5) has elapsed since the cooking process 3 by the range grill drive unit in the heating chamber 6 was started by the user's operational input A26, a notification 2 of reference information 5 is made.

The reference information notification 2 is information that includes guidance such as, for example, "Heating will finish in 30 seconds. If you wish to extend the time further, please set the time." Furthermore, since the user knows that the final cooking process is about to end, the user can start preparing to remove the "fried chicken" from the heating chamber 6 from the point in time when the reference information notification 2 appears. In sync with this, the content of the notification 2 is displayed in text or the like by the central display unit 16M. The notification 2 is displayed at a specific position on the first specific screen 16M1, like the operation support information 170.

Thereafter, the microwave heating operation is stopped, and cooking process 3 is completed (#7). Note that cooking process 3 can be stopped immediately if the user opens door 7.
Then, the user moves the food heated in the heating chamber 6 into the object to be heated that is being preheated on the top plate 3 (#8). In this case, if the object to be heated is maintained in a heated state by induction heating until the end of cooking step 3, the object may be further induction heated (cooking step 4) (#9).

Induction heating cooking can be ended by operating the left 15L. In other words, the user's operation A28 is to press the input key 153L of the left operation unit 15L that corresponds to the left IH coil 9L.

The cooking sequence shown in FIG. 19 can shorten the time required from the start of the induction heating operation (start of the preheating step) to the end of cooking step 1.
That is, the cooking step 1 is started by placing ingredients (food to be cooked) in the heating chamber 6 before the completion of preheating by induction heating or notification of the completion of preheating.

Because preheating by the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) is completed before cooking process 1 is completed, the food to be cooked can be moved immediately into the heated food on top plate 3 after cooking process 1 is completed, and cooking process 2 can be started.

In the example of "fried chicken" in FIG. 19, cooking step 3 is included, but cooking step 3 and cooking step 4 are not necessarily required. Cooking steps can be completed at the required stage depending on the type of food to be cooked and the user's wishes, etc.

In addition, in FIG. 19, the "left IH coil drive period" continues even after cooking step 2 is completed, but after cooking step 2 is completed, the drive of the left IH coil 9L may be stopped at any time by the left operation unit 15L. However, as indicated by the dashed line in FIG. 19, if the left IH coil 9L is to be used in cooking step 4 as well, it is necessary to start the preheating operation again before cooking step 4.

Next, FIG. 20 will be described.
FIG. 20 shows the operation steps when "fried chicken" is selected as a cooking menu in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, similar to FIG.
In Fig. 20, #1 to #9 indicate user operations and state changes of the cooking appliance 1, as explained in Fig. 19. The other symbols correspond to those in Fig. 19.

The difference between FIG. 20 and FIG. 19 will now be described.
FIG. 20 shows a case where cooking step 1 is started in heating chamber 6 after the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) has completed preheating the object to be heated and a notification of this (#2) is received.

When the completion of preheating of the object to be heated by the induction heating source is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 and the left and right display units 16L, 16R, and is also notified by audio notification unit 50, the user opens the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 and places the ingredients for "fried chicken" (such as seasoned chicken) into the heating chamber 6 (#1).
After closing the door 7, the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M is pressed.

At this point, microwave cooking process step 1 begins. Then, the notification 1 of the reference information is performed. After this, the process is the same as that shown in FIG. 19.

The cooking sequence shown in FIG. 20 requires a longer time from the start of the heating operation of the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) (start of the preheating process) to the end of cooking process 1 than that shown in FIG. 19.

However, since the food (food to be cooked) begins to be heated in the heating chamber 6 after the preheating by the first heating means HM1 is completed or a notification of the completion of preheating is received, when cooking step 1 in the heating chamber 6 ends, there is a guarantee that cooking step 2 can be started immediately with the induction heating source 9 if the food to be cooked is moved. Therefore, this method is suitable for users who are not very familiar with the linked preheating cooking mode KM4.

In addition, in FIG. 20, the "driving period of the left IH coil 9L" continues even after cooking step 2 is completed, but if the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) is not used after cooking step 2 is completed, the driving of the left IH coil 9L may be stopped at any time by the left operating unit 15L after cooking step 2 is completed. However, as indicated by the dashed line in FIG. 20, if the left IH coil 9L is also used in cooking step 4, preheating must be started again before cooking step 4.

In the configurations shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) is energized first to start the preheating operation, while the cooking process 1 is carried out in the heating chamber 6.
The "linked preheat cooking mode" KM4 of this embodiment 1 is not limited to the cooking process 1 being performed in the heating chamber as described above.

In another linked preheat cooking mode KM4, the heating operation is started first by the first heating means HM1, the heated object such as a frying pan is heated to the preheat target temperature (e.g., 180°C), and when the target temperature is reached, the cooked object is placed on the heated object, and cooking process 1 is started. After this preheating process, the cooked object may be moved into the heating chamber 6 while still on top of the heated object, and cooking process 2 may be performed in order to further heat the cooked object together with the heated object in the heating chamber 6 by the second heating means HM2 or the third heating means HM3.

Next, we will explain Figure 21. Figure 21 is a flowchart showing the control operation of the heating control unit 43 until the transition to the collaborative cooking mode KM3.

In the linked cooking mode KM3 of this embodiment 1, there is a pattern (first linked cooking mode) in which the induction heating source (first heating means HM1) is driven first, and then at least one of the second heating means HM2 or the third heating means HM3 is driven. Representative examples of cooking menus suitable for cooking with this pattern include the four listed in the table in Figure 18, such as hamburger steak and gratin.

There is also a second linked cooking mode in which the order is reversed. Typical examples of cooking menus suitable for cooking in this second linked cooking mode are the four listed in the lower half of the table in Figure 18, such as fried chicken and tempura.

The steps in FIG. 21 are common to both the first collaborative cooking mode and the second collaborative cooking mode.
First, in step S1, the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M is operated, thereby starting the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

In the next step S2, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display unit 16M, and various information for executing the coordinated cooking mode KM3 is displayed. In this step S2, in order to select a cooking menu for each coordinated cooking mode, the "name of the food to be cooked" (e.g., "hamburger steak") 167 is displayed as a type of identification information in the center of the front-to-rear direction of the first area 22, i.e., the display position B.

Depending on the selection of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the timing at which the heating means (the first heating means HM1 to the third heating means HM3) are "occupied" may be either of the following two cases.
(1) As described above, for example, after the case where the left IH coil 9L for cooking process 1 is selected (in FIG. 21, this corresponds to “start of occupied state (case 2)” after step S4).
(2) Step S2 and onwards as shown in FIG. 21 (in FIG. 21, this corresponds to "Start of Occupied State (Case 1)").

In the next step S3, it is determined whether at least one of the input keys 154M and 155M has been operated. As described in FIG. 9, FIG. 16, and FIG. 17, by operating the two input keys 154M and 155M, it is possible to select identification information 167 indicating the name of an item to be cooked (e.g., hamburger) that can be cooked in the collaborative cooking mode.

If the input keys 154M and 155M are not operated (within a certain period of time), the process proceeds to step S4.
In step S4, as described above, one of the two heating unit specification units 171L and 171R displayed in the first specification screen 16M1 is selected. When the user operates the input keys 157M and 156M adjacent to each other on the left and right, the right IH coil 9R or the left IH coil 9L can be selected.

The left heating port 4L may be set as the default, the heating unit specification section 171L may be displayed first on the first specification screen 16M1, and the process may proceed directly to step S5. In the example described in FIG. 16, when preparing hamburger steak using coordinated cooking, the left heating port 4L is set as the default, and the left IH coil 9L is set to be selected preferentially.

In the next step S5, it is determined whether an input operation has been performed to cancel the selection of the linked cooking mode. If the input key 152M has been operated once, the result is determined to be "Yes". Then, the process returns to step S3. If the input key 152M has been operated twice in succession within a certain short period of time (e.g., five seconds), it is determined that the linked cooking mode KM3 has been cancelled, and the process returns to the state of the initial standby screen prior to step S1. Therefore, the selection of the three cooking modes KM1 to KM3 is returned to the initial stage.

On the other hand, if input key 151M is operated while input key 152M is not operated, the process proceeds to the next step S6. Then, cooking step 1 of the collaborative cooking mode KM3 is started.

In FIG. 21, in step S7, in the operation program of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, various functional parts are activated according to the "cooking condition data" (including the control condition data) of a specific cooperative cooking menu (recipe) such as "hamburger steak." In other words, from this stage, the mode transitions to the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

First, in step S7, the display unit corresponding to the heating unit selected in step 4 is activated. However, in the case of a cooking menu that uses the microwave heating means (second heating means HM2) or the third heating means HM3 in cooking step 1 (for example, "fried chicken" as described above), the central display unit 16M is already activated, so in this step S7, no new display unit is activated.

For example, in the case of a cooking menu that uses the left IH coil 9L in cooking process 1, the left display unit 16L is activated in step S7. The input function of the left operation unit 15L is then enabled and the unit waits for user input. Then the process proceeds to step S8.

In step S8, the operation of the input key 153L is awaited, and the cooking process of the combined cooking mode KM3 is started.
The display contents of the first specific screen 16M1 in step S8 include process information 172 such as that the first cooking process 1 uses the left IH coil 9L, and the next cooking process 2 uses a microwave heating means (second heating means HM2), as described in FIG. 16.

Next, Fig. 22 and Fig. 23 will be described. Fig. 22 is a flowchart showing the control operation of the heating control unit 43 until the transition to the linked cooking mode. Fig. 23 is an explanatory diagram showing the permission conditions before transition to the linked cooking mode and the determination results.

Referring now to Fig. 22, steps ST1 to ST8 are operation steps defined in the operation program (including cooking condition data) of the heating control unit 43 for the combined cooking mode KM3.
First, when the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed (ST1), the next step ST2 is a step in which the heating control section 43 determines whether or not there is an abnormality.

At step ST2, the central display unit 16M is activated and displays the message "There are no abnormalities, so cooking can begin." At this stage, the heating control unit 43 also checks whether it has received a setting command from the input operation unit 15 regarding the upper limit of the total power consumption.

If the cooking appliance 1 is set to transmit startup information to the communication terminal device 200 or cloud server 300 in step ST2, the startup information is transmitted at this stage.

In the next step ST3, the central display unit 16M and the audio notification unit 51 also provide a notification and audio guidance to prompt the user to select the heating means.
In the next step ST4, the central display section 16M displays an initial standby screen, and also displays usage precautions for the user.

Then, it is determined whether an input key other than input key 153M (e.g., 154M) has been operated (ST5). If input key 153M has been operated, step STC becomes "No" and the process proceeds to step ST6. In other words, the process proceeds to a step for using linked cooking mode KM3.

In step ST6, the permission condition determination unit 54 checks whether the "permission conditions" are met. For example, the permission condition determination unit 54 checks the usage state of the heat source used in the combined cooking mode KM3.
The permission conditions and the determination results will be explained in detail in the next FIG.

In step ST5, the first input operation is checked. For example, it is determined whether the left operation unit 15L or the right operation unit 15R was operated before the input key 153M was pressed, and it is also determined whether the composite cooking mode KM2 was selected by the central operation unit 15M (by the input key 154M or 155M).

If the input key 153M is operated for the first time within a certain grace period (e.g., 30 seconds) from step ST3, the display for the collaborative cooking mode KM3 will start as described above.

On the other hand, if input key 153M is not operated and another input key (e.g., input key 155M or 154M) is touched, step ST5 is judged as "Yes" and the process proceeds to step ST9 to start cooking in a mode other than the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Note that a detailed description of step ST9 is omitted here.

In FIG. 22, steps ST6 and ST7 are operation steps of "permission condition 1" that determine whether or not cooking in the combined cooking mode KM3 is permitted.
Step ST6 is a stage for judging "permission condition 1".

Here, "permission condition 1" means
(1) The "peak cut value" that specifies the upper limit of the maximum power that can be used by the cooking device 1 is 5000 W or more.
(2) When there is a power reduction command signal received by the control device 40 via the communication unit 51 from the external cloud server 300 or the communication terminal device 200, the peak cut value of the reduction command is 5000 W or more;
If these two conditions are met, the determination in step ST6 is "Yes."

The "permission condition 2" in the next step ST7 includes the following three conditions.
(1) In the first heating means HM1, the central heating port 4C is not in heating operation.
(2) Either the second heating means HM2 or the third heating means HM3, or both, are not in heating operation.

(3) In the first heating means HM1, neither the right heating port 4R nor the left heating port 4L is being used for the heating operation (or only one of them is being used for the heating operation). In other words, neither the left IH coil 9L nor the right IH coil 9R is being used for the heating operation.

If the above three conditions are met, step ST7 will be judged as "Yes". Then, proceed to step ST10. In other words, you can proceed to the step of inputting the start of cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3.

If the determination is "No" in steps ST6 and STR7, the process proceeds to step ST8, and the central display unit 16M and/or the audio notification unit 50 notify the user that the collaborative cooking mode KM3 cannot be selected.

Here, we will explain the meaning of the above-mentioned "permission condition 1" being specified as "5000 W or more." For simplicity, the following explanation will not specifically mention the power consumption of electrical components other than the heat source, such as the internal cooling fan (not shown) of the main body 2.

The reason why the required demand (power demand amount secured in advance) for implementing the collaborative cooking mode KM3 is 5000W or more is because the maximum (instantaneous) power required for each heating source during operation in the collaborative cooking mode is as follows:

(1) When operating the microwave oven (second heating means HM2): 1000 W
(2) When the oven is operating: 2000 W (upper radiant heat heating means 12a: 1000 W, lower radiant heat heating means 12b: 1000 W)
(3) Range grill operation: 1500 W (second heating means HM2: 500 W, upper radiant heat heating means 12a: 1000 W)

On the other hand, the maximum power for a cooking menu in the combined cooking mode KM3 is 1500W.
Therefore, in the combined cooking mode, the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 may operate simultaneously.

In other words, the maximum power is 3500W, which is the sum of the "1000W" of the second heating means HM2, the "1000W" of the third heating means HM3 (2000W is achieved by alternating current of 1000W each time), and the "1500W" of the first heating means HM1 that performs induction heating.

When the demand (pre-securing power demand) is 5000W:
When the right induction coil 9R is performing 3000W heating (normal heating), the remaining demand is 2000W.
When coordinated cooking mode KM3 is implemented from this state, the remaining demand is 1500W short of the 3500W of power required for coordinated cooking, so the heating power of the right IH coil 9R is reduced to 1500W (from 3000W) and coordinated cooking can be started.

If the demand (pre-securing power demand) is 4000W:
When frying food using the right heating port 4R (requiring a maximum of 1500W), the remaining demand is 2500W.
If coordinated cooking is performed from this state, the remaining demand is 1000 W short of the 3500 W of power required for coordinated cooking, so the heat of the right IH coil must be reduced. However, if the heat is reduced while the automatic control menu is being executed, cooking will not go well, so the heat of the automatic control menu cannot be reduced.
In the end, 4000W is not enough to provide the required heat for the automatic control menu.

As is clear from the above explanation, before starting the coordinated cooking mode KM3, it is necessary to determine (confirm) whether there is a demand (power demand secured in advance) of 5000 W, which is the sum of the power required for coordinated cooking (3500 W) and the power required for the cooking menu of the right heating port 4R or the left heating port 4L (1500 W).

Next, we will refer to FIG.
Fig. 23 shows the determination processes in steps ST6 and ST7 in Fig. 22. These determinations are made by the permission condition determination unit 54.
Step ST5 is the stage where the input key 153M is operated.
In the next step STX1, the permission condition determination unit 54 of the control device 40 compares the latest state of the cooking appliance 1 with the permission conditions 1 and 2 described above, and determines whether the state satisfies permission conditions 1 and 2.

In step STX1 in FIG. 23, audio (notification) 1 to audio (notification) 4 indicate the contents notified to the user by the audio notification unit 50. In other words, this is a specific example of the contents of step ST8 in FIG. 22.

Display 1 to Display 4 in FIG. 23 show the contents displayed on the central display unit 16M. Note that Display 1 to Display 4 are not displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 that is displayed from step S2 in FIG. 21 onwards, but are displayed on the central display unit 16M where the first specific screen is not displayed.

The first specific screen 16M1 is not displayed unless the prerequisites for transitioning to the collaborative cooking mode KM3 (permission condition 1 and permission condition 2) are met. Therefore, it is not the case that after the user sets (selects) various conditions for the "collaborative cooking mode" KM3 (e.g., identification information 167), it is determined that permission condition 1 or permission condition 2 is not met, and the screen returns to the initial standby screen (step ST4 in FIG. 22). Therefore, the user is not forced to perform unnecessary input operations.

Figure 24 explains the operation from when the cooking appliance 1 is started to when recipe information (cooking condition data) for cooking the cooking appliance 1 is obtained from the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300.

In this embodiment 1, the cooking condition data for the coordinated cooking mode KM3 includes, but is not limited to, the number (identification information) of the coordinated cooking menu, the order of the multiple heating means used, the heating means used in cooking step 1, the heating means used in cooking step 2, if there is a cooking step 3 or later, the heating means used for each of those cooking steps, and if there are default (standard settings) control conditions (heat, heating time, target heating temperature, etc.) for each cooking step, the setting value or range of setting values.

In FIG. 24, steps SS1 to SS8 are operational steps defined in the integrated control program of the control device 40, and are basically identical to the content defined in the operational program of the collaborative cooking mode KM3 described in FIG. 22.

When the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed first (SS1), the next step SS2 is a step in which the heating control unit 43 determines whether or not there is an abnormality.

Steps SS1 to SS4 are the same as steps ST1 to ST4 described in Figure 22, so duplicate explanations will be omitted.

In step SS5, the cooking appliance 1 displays a confirmation screen on the central display unit 16M and also notifies the user via the audio notification unit 50 as to whether or not to transmit a signal requesting the provision of cooking recipe information (cooking condition data) to the communication terminal device 200 or cloud server 300 that has been registered in advance.

If the user sets in advance using the input operation unit 15 that the external connection in step SS5 is to be executed automatically, it is executed automatically at a specified timing. In other words, the next step SS6, in which communication with an external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300) is executed automatically after step SS4, is omitted.

If the external connection is not set to be performed automatically, in step SS6, a predetermined icon or the like is displayed on the central display unit 16M to ask the user to confirm whether or not to request the provision of recipe information (cooking condition data).

If the user does not consent to connection to the external device in step SS6, a non-reception message such as "receipt of recipe information (cooking condition data) is not currently being received" is sent to the registered external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300) as shown in step SS9. In this way, the user can also set the device to refuse reception.

On the other hand, if the connection to the external device is agreed to in step SS6, the data acquisition unit 53 of the cooking appliance 1 acquires recipe information (cooking condition data) from the external device via the communication unit 51. The acquired recipe information is stored in a predetermined "temporary storage unit" (not shown) in the cooking condition data storage unit 42.

In the next step SS7, the contents of the recipe information acquired from the external device, particularly the identification information 167, are displayed on the central display unit 16M. In addition, the audio notification unit 50 notifies the user of the fact that the information has been received, for example, by saying, "A hamburger recipe has been received."

The period indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 24 is the initial period TA, during which the restriction unit 55 can acquire cooking condition data under certain conditions, such as satisfying the above-mentioned "permission condition 1."

Next, we will explain Figure 25.
FIG. 25 shows the display contents of the central display section 16M corresponding to each operation step explained in FIG.

Referring now to Fig. 25, when the main power switch 20 is turned off, the central display unit 16M is not activated and does not display any information.
When the main power switch 20 is turned on, the control device 40 performs a self-diagnosis to check for abnormalities, etc., as described above, and then displays the display screen 1 of FIG. 25 on the central display section 16M.

In the display screen 1 of FIG. 25, 60A is a display message notifying the user that the power is on. 60B is two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code) for directing the user to the recipe information providing server 301, which is a dedicated recipe posting site, via the networks (Internet) 203, 204. 60C is a message explaining the meaning of the two-dimensional code (hereinafter, "two-dimensional information explanation message").

When the two-dimensional code 60B is optically read by the communication terminal device 200, it is possible to connect to the recipe information providing server 301 that holds information on various cooking recipes. This two-dimensional information explanation text 60C and the display text 60A are a type of "common information during standby" 60N.

After the display screen 1 in FIG. 25 is displayed, the display screen 2A or 2B may be automatically displayed.
Furthermore, after the display screen 2A or 2B in Fig. 25 is displayed, the display screen 2C may be automatically displayed. In this display screen 2C, a recommendation 60H is displayed to prompt the user to perform an input operation to select a heating source.

On the display screen 2A, the text "Caution: Bumping" is one of the warning signs 60E. "Bumping" refers to the phenomenon in which, when a viscous food (liquid) such as curry or stew is being heated, the inside of the food becomes overheated above the boiling point, causing sudden, violent boiling. As steam escapes from the heated liquid, hot droplets may fly off, which can be dangerous. The timing and cause of bumping is said to be the introduction of foreign matter or impact from outside. For this reason, when a metal pot or the like containing food is placed on the top plate 3 and induction heated, the display warns of caution when stirring the food. The information displayed in this warning is one type of "common information during standby" 60N.

The four display screens shown in FIG. 25, display screen 1 and display screens 2A to 2C, are called the "common screen" or "standby initial screen" 16MH. Note that forms other than these four may also be included in the common screen 16MH.

On display screen 2B, 60E is a warning display that warns that the inside of heating chamber 6 is at a high temperature and to avoid careless contact. If control device 40 detects that heating chamber 6 has not yet cooled down sufficiently after oven cooking has been performed in heating chamber 6, it automatically switches to this state of display screen 2. Note that display screens 2A and 2B cannot be displayed simultaneously, but they may be displayed alternately at intervals of several seconds to warn about both the bumping display and the high temperature display. Also, the warning contents of display screens 2A and 2B may be issued in parallel by voice by audio notification unit 50.

As is clear from display screen 1 to display screen 2A to 2C in Figure 25, these displays are made using the entire display screen. In other words, rather than displaying only a portion of the first area 22 to third area 24 described above, in order to secure as large a display area as possible, the first area 22 to third area 24 are displayed as an integrated display so that they cannot be distinguished, and the user sees them displayed on the entire central display section 16M.

Next, FIG. 26 is an enlarged plan view illustrating the operation of the left display section 16L of the cooking appliance 1. As shown in FIG.
24, when the input key 153L and then the input key 152L are operated, the control menus to be implemented in the left heating port 4L are displayed one by one on the left display unit 16L. In other words, each time the input key 152L is pressed, one of the multiple control menus can be selected.

As shown in FIG. 26, the control menus that can be selected for the left heating port 4L (in induction heating single cooking mode KM1) are, for example, "keep warm," "boil water," "stewing," "deep frying (automatic cooking)," and "preheating." The operating time, heat, or operating pattern of the left IH coil 9L differs for each control menu.

Display screen 3A in FIG. 26 shows the case where the "Keep Warm" control menu is selected. Display screen 3B shows the case where the "Deep Fry" control menu is selected. Display screen 3C shows the case where the "Preheat" control menu is selected.

When the control menu (induction heating only cooking mode KM1) is selected on the central display unit 16M using the central IH coil 9M that is responsible for the central heating port 4C, a display screen like the display screen 3A shown in FIG. 26 is displayed. In this case, the display screen of the central display unit 16M has a display form like the display screen 3A, and this screen is called the "third specific screen" 16M3.

Figure 27 explains the operation steps of the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1 from when the cooking appliance 1 is started until just before cooking begins.

In FIG. 27, when the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed and the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display unit 16M, it is determined whether recipe information (cooking condition data) has been acquired from an external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300) (step SU2).

In step SU3, the control device 40 compares the latest state of the cooking device 1 and determines whether the state satisfies permission condition 1 and permission condition 2.

When it is determined that permission conditions 1 and 2 are met simultaneously (SU6), the identification information included in the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from the external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300) is displayed on the central display unit 16M. In this case, the identification information 167 (e.g., "Name: Hamburger") is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 (step SU7).

The identification information 167 (e.g., "Name: Hamburger") is displayed as shown in FIG. 28. The operation recommendation display section 170 is also displayed. This prompts the user to press the input key 151M to start cooking. The audio notification section 50 also notifies the user, for example, "Press the start key to start cooking" (step SU8).

In addition, at step SU8, the user may operate an input key (e.g., 156M or 155M) that allows selection of control conditions (e.g., heat value) to set the heat, heating time, etc., as appropriate.

On the other hand, the case where the control device 40 compares the latest state of the cooking device 1 with that of the step SU3 and determines that the state does not satisfy permission condition 1 and permission condition 2 (step SU4) will be described.

The contents of the standby initial screen 16HM in the central display section 16M are partially changed, and a text message is displayed indicating that the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from an external device cannot be executed with the current cooking device 1. The same message is also notified by voice from the voice notification section 50 (step SU5). Then, the process returns to step SU1. This operation corresponds to the operation of step ST8 described in FIG. 22.

Next, we will explain Figure 28.
FIG. 28 is an enlarged plan view showing the central operation unit 15M and the central display unit 16M, which are the same as those described in FIG.

In FIG. 28, 173 is an external recipe identification section that indicates that the recipe information (cooking condition data) is obtained from an external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300). The words "Received recipe" are displayed in text, and it is easy to see that the cooking menu displayed on this first specific screen 16M1 was obtained from an external device.

In FIG. 28, the light-emitting unit 21M corresponding to the input key 151M is in a standby state in which the heating operation can be started at any time. To indicate this, the light-emitting unit 21M is flashing to prompt the user to operate the input key 151M. The dashed circle indicates that the light-emitting unit 21M is flashing.

In FIG. 28, a star-shaped figure is drawn at the position of the light-emitting unit 21M. This figure indicates that the input functions of the input keys (e.g., 156M, 157M) located in front of the light-emitting unit 21M are active, and that by performing a touch operation at this point, the heat, heating time, etc. can be adjusted.

In FIG. 28, the light-emitting section 21M corresponding to the input keys 157M and 156M is illuminated. In other words, the user can select either the heating section specification section 171L, which selects cooking using the left heating port 4L, or the heating section specification section 171R, which selects cooking using the right heating port 4R.

The recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from the external device is displayed preferentially on the first specific screen 16M1 by displaying the external recipe identification section 173. In other words, the identification information 167 of the received recipe information (cooking condition data) is displayed in the "display position B" of the first specific screen 16M1. Therefore, by immediately pressing the input key 151M as shown in FIG. 28, cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 can be started.

As described above, there are two types of recipe information (cooking condition data) obtained from an external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300): cooking is limited to specific heating parts (right heating port 4R, central heating port 4C, left heating port 4L), and cooking can be performed by specifying the range of heating parts that can be used according to the user's wishes. Therefore, even when a user uses recipe information obtained from an external source, usability is not impaired.

Next, a description will be given of Fig. 29. Fig. 29 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the cooking steps of a collaborative cooking menu and operations on the input operation unit.
In the example of Figure 29, the collaborative cooking menu is composed of three cooking steps: cooking step 1, cooking step 2, and cooking step 3.

In the example of FIG. 29, the cooking condition data is regulated in a predetermined computer program format to wait for input of input key 151M, start induction heating operation at right heating port 4R (or left heating port 4L), and stop heating operation when input key 153R (153L) is input, or to stop heating operation when certain conditions (continuous cooking time or reaching of target temperature) are met. Control conditions such as heat may also be regulated.

The program included in the cooking condition data specifies heating pause periods P3 and P5, which will be described later, but the duration of these heating pause periods P3 and P5 is not specified. However, in order to prevent heating from being interrupted for an excessively long time, for example, it is possible to count the elapsed time from the end of cooking step 1 and cooking step 2 as the reference point, and if, for example, 30 minutes have elapsed, to sound an alarm and forcibly stop the execution of the cooking menu.

In the example of cooking condition data in FIG. 29, cooking step 1 is performed using an induction heating source (first heating means HM1), cooking step 2 is performed using a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2), and finally cooking step 3 is provided to move the food to be cooked onto top plate 3 and perform finishing induction heating to compensate for insufficient heating.

In addition, this cooking device 1 has additional protection measures in place to prevent the cooking mode settings and control conditions from being inadvertently changed in response to an external command signal.

In the example of FIG. 29, the first heating means HM1 is operated first, and the second heating means HM2 is operated after the first heating operation is completed. However, the radiant heat heating means 12 may be operated as the third heating means at the same time as the second heating means HM2.

As shown in FIG. 29, the collaborative cooking menu shown here is composed of four steps.
P1 is the first stage (preparation period), which is the period from when the input key 153M is operated to execute the coordinated cooking menu to when the (induction) heating cooking operation is started by the input key 153R.

When the input key 153M is operated, if the "permission conditions" described above are met, the control device 40 displays the first specific screen 16M1. Note that the first specific screen 16M1 is not shown in FIG. 29.

When the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, one of the linked cooking menus can be selected by operating input keys 154M and 155M. After that, by operating input key 153R, the mode switches to linked cooking mode and proceeds to the heating and cooking step P2.

When the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, if the identification information 167 of the linked cooking menu desired by the user is displayed in a specified position on the first specific screen 16M1 (default display), there is no need to operate the input keys 154M and 155M.

P2 is a heating and cooking period (cooking step 1) by the first heating means HM1.
In this cooking step 1, when an appropriate food to be cooked, such as a metal pot, is placed on the right heating port 4R and the input key 153R is pressed, the heating and cooking operation is started.

At the stage when the cooking process 1 is started, the control device 40 has already finished judging the permission conditions and therefore knows which heating part of the first heating means HM1 (induction heating means) is in use. In other words, the use status of both the right heating port 4R and the left heating port 4L is known.
Therefore, as a default setting, the control device 40 determines to use the "right heating section" 4R in cooking step 3 of the coordinated cooking mode, and occupies this right heating port 4R.

The cooking step 1 is basically determined in advance by the operation program of the linked cooking menu. For example, when the standard heating time has elapsed, the voice notification unit 50 notifies the user, and the first specific screen 16M1 displays a message such as "x minutes will soon elapse." In other words, the user is notified that the cooking step 1 is nearing completion.
To end cooking step 1, the user only needs to press input key 153R once.

P3 is the heating pause period during which cooking process 1 by the first heating means HM1 is temporarily stopped and cooking process 2 by the second heating means HM2 is started.

This pause period P3 is a period required for checking the degree of heating of the food in cooking step 1, for adding seasonings, or for adding another food to be cooked and performing cooking step 2. It is also a period required for moving the food to be cooked into heating chamber 6.
The heating pause step P3 ends when the input key 151M is pressed, and the process proceeds to the cooking step 2 at P4.

This cooking process 2 is started when the control device 40 confirms that the door 7 has been opened once during the pause period P3 and has been closed thereafter. The door opening/closing signal from the opening/closing detection unit 10 described in the first embodiment is used.

The cooking step 2 basically ends automatically when the heating time determined in advance by the operation program of the linked cooking menu has elapsed or when the temperature of the food to be cooked has risen to a set value (e.g., 90°C). For example, in one linked cooking menu, heating begins with a microwave output of 500 W. Furthermore, if the user opens the door 7 at any time, the microwave irradiation is stopped instantly and the heating operation is stopped.

In cooking step 2 of P4, the user may be able to individually set the control conditions (e.g., cooking time and target temperature) by operating at least one of the four input keys 156M to 159M, but depending on the cooking menu, the user may not be able to change the control conditions.

In the example of Figure 29, cooking process 2 is ended by pressing input key 152M on central operation unit 15M. When input key 152M is pressed to command cooking to stop, cooking process 2 ends and the process proceeds to the heating pause period of P5.

During this heating pause period P5, the user opens the door 7, removes the food to be cooked from inside the heating chamber 6, and places it on the top plate 3. The food to be cooked is placed inside a heated object such as a metal pot.
Then, when the input key 153R for the right heating unit 4 is pressed to command the start of cooking, the heating pause step P5 ends and the process proceeds to a heating cooking period P6 (the "cooking step 3" of induction heating).

This heating pause period P5 is a period required to check the degree of heating of the food in cooking step 2, to add seasonings, or to add another food to be cooked and perform the next cooking step 3. For example, in cooking step 2, only frozen food is heated as the food to be cooked, and in cooking step 3, it is possible to add a food to be cooked that has been immersed in seasonings or cooking liquid, or that has been cooked separately by preheating, to the same food. This broadens the range of cooking possibilities.

P6 switches from cooking step 2 using the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating source) to cooking step 3 using the first heating means HM1 (in this case, induction heating means, for example, the right heating port 4R).
In this cooking step 3, when cooking is performed using the right heating port 4R as described above, the user can individually set control conditions (e.g., cooking time and target temperature) by operating input keys 154R, 155R (see Figure 8).

In addition, if cooking step 3 is performed using the left heating port 4L, the user can individually set the control conditions (e.g., cooking time and target temperature) by operating input keys 154L and 155L.

When input key 153R is pressed to command cooking to stop, cooking step 3 ends and the operation of linked cooking mode KM3 ends. In the case of timer cooking, induction heating cooking ends automatically when the time has elapsed, and cooking step 3 ends.

As is clear from FIG. 29, the right operation unit 15R of the right heating port 4R becomes unusable from the point in time when the start of cooking is decided using the input key 151M of the central operation unit 15M, not when the linked cooking menu is selected, i.e., when the identification information 167 indicating the name of the cooking on the linked cooking menu is displayed on the central display unit 16M. Note that if the left heating port 4L is set by default, the left heating port 4L will be occupied.

As is clear from the above description, the control device 40 performs the following function restriction process.
(1) The input signal from the right operation unit 15R is disabled or the input is restricted. For example, the input functions of the input keys 151R and 152R are disabled. As a result, the right heating port 4R cannot be used (cannot input) during the heating cooking period (cooking step 1) to the heating cooking period (cooking step 3) except when input is required in the linked cooking mode KM3.
(2) Even when the heating and cooking period (cooking step 1) begins, the left operation unit 15L can be used (the input signal from the left operation unit 15L is not invalidated).

In this way, when the heating cooking period (cooking process 1) begins, the control device 40 occupies only the right heating port 4R for cooking process 3 from the cooking process 1 stage.

Therefore, the right heating port 4R is "occupied" by the selection of the linked cooking menu. Also, when viewed from the perspective of the first heating means HM1 as a whole, the use of only a portion (the right side) of the three heating parts is "restricted."

Even after the heating cooking period (cooking step 1) ends, the above-mentioned restricted state of the right heating port 4R is not released.
In addition, since the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed at the stage of the cooking process 1, and the user can easily understand that the cooperative cooking mode is in effect, the execution of other cooking menus is not restricted for the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2. This is also true for the heating pause period P3 to cooking process 2.

Furthermore, even if the control device 40 detects that the door 7 has changed from an open state to a closed state before the heating cooking period (cooking process 2) begins, if the temperature inside the heating chamber 6 is higher than the reference value, there is a concern that the control device 40, the non-contact (infrared) sensor 13, and thermistor sensor 14 may erroneously recognize the abnormally high temperature in the heating chamber 6 as indicating that cooking is complete even before cooking has begun.
Therefore, if the temperature of the heating chamber 6 is too high before the start of the heating cooking period (cooking process 1), the first specific screen 15M1 displays the message that "the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) cannot be used immediately due to high temperature."

The periods indicated by the thick arrows in Figure 29 are the restricted period for receiving one piece of cooking condition data (recipe data) and the restricted period for acquiring additional cooking condition data (recipe data).

After the input key 153M is touched once and the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, the limiting operation is performed by the limiting unit 55 as follows.
It should be noted that the communication unit 51 enables the reception and transmission functions when the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed (before that, at least the reception function is disabled).

That is, the limiting unit 55 built into the control device 40 operates as follows.
29, it is not possible to change a specific coordinated cooking menu A obtained from outside to another coordinated cooking menu B (e.g., "hamburger steak"). To change the menu, it is necessary to operate the input key 152M to temporarily cancel the coordinated cooking mode KM3 and return to the initial standby screen 16MH.

In other words, once the time limit indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 29 is reached, the cooking using the specific linked cooking menu A obtained from outside can be cancelled at any time by operating the input key 152M. Once a cancellation operation is performed in this way, the screen returns to the initial standby screen 16MH, and in this state, it is necessary to touch the input key 153M again.

In addition, after the input key 153M is touched for a specific linked cooking menu A obtained from outside, the control device 40 cannot obtain cooking condition data (recipe data) for another linked cooking menu C until all cooking processes are completed.

In other words, when the limited period indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 29 begins, the user can operate the input key 151M to decide to start cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3, and can perform cooking using the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the specific linked cooking menu A acquired immediately before this decision. However, until all cooking steps of this cooking menu A are completed, no additional cooking condition data (recipe data) can be acquired from outside (such as the smartphone 200).

Summary of embodiment 1.
As is clear from the above description, in the first embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the first disclosure is disclosed as follows.
That is, the cooking device 1 according to the first disclosure is
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in a second location (heating chamber 6) separate from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 for receiving cooking condition data 2 (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) from an external device;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the communication unit 51;
The control device 40 has a heating control unit 43 that executes a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time lag based on cooking condition data 1, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to execute heating cooking in the cooperative cooking mode for a specific food, and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 during a waiting period before starting cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (i.e., a "preparation period" P1 before "cooking step 1" shown in FIG. 29 ).
The restriction unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Furthermore, in this embodiment 1, the cooking device 1 according to the second disclosure is disclosed as follows.
That is,
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object placed on the top plate 3;
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked inside the heating chamber 6;
a third heating means HM3 for heating the heating chamber 6 and having a heating principle different from that of the second heating means HM2;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) from an external device via wireless communication;
a control device 40 that controls each of the first heating means, the second heating means, the third heating means, and the communication unit 51;
The control device 40 has a function of executing an integrated cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and at least one of the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are driven with a time lag;
The control device 40 has a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) via the communication unit 51 in order to execute the cooperative cooking mode KM3 for a specific food (e.g., “hamburger steak”), and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data via the communication unit 51 from a preparation period before starting cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (i.e., a “preparation period” P1 before “cooking step 1” shown in FIG. 29 ),
The heating cooker 1 is characterized in that, when the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data, the restriction unit 55 restricts the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed.

With this configuration, three heating means can be selected to perform cooking in the single cooking mode KM1, the combined cooking mode KM2, and the linked cooking mode KM3. This makes it possible to provide a heating cooker that can handle a wide range of cooking.

Furthermore, because of the restriction unit 55, once cooking condition data (recipe data) for one specific linked cooking menu A is acquired, the control device 40 will not inadvertently acquire cooking condition data (recipe data) for another linked cooking menu C immediately before the start of a cooking process or during a cooking process. Therefore, for example, another cooking menu (including a control menu for a combined cooking mode or a control menu for a single cooking mode) will not be inadvertently received during linked cooking. Therefore, there is no concern about user confusion or operational interference with the cooking appliance 1 due to reception.

Furthermore, in the cooking device 1 of the first embodiment, the input operation unit 15 is configured to have input keys 153L and 153R for selecting the single cooking mode KM1, input keys 154M and 155M for selecting the combined cooking mode KM2, and an input key 153M for selecting the linked cooking mode KM3, each of which is separately provided.

With this configuration, the three cooking modes can be selected using the respective input keys (input means), improving user operability even in a cooking device 1 with an increased number of heating sources.

As is clear from the above description, in the first embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the third disclosure is disclosed as follows.
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in a second location (heating chamber 6) separate from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 for receiving cooking condition data 2 (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) from an external device;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the communication unit 51;
The control device 40 has a heating control unit 43 that executes a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time lag based on cooking condition data 1, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to execute heating cooking in the cooperative cooking mode for a specific food, and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 from a preparation period P1 before cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is started (i.e., before "cooking step 1" shown in FIG. 29 ),
The limiting unit 55 limits acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed,
After the cooking condition data 2 is acquired, if the integrated cooking mode KM3 is canceled by the input operation unit 15 before the cooking process is started, the data acquisition unit 53 can acquire the cooking condition data 2 again.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being impeded or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Furthermore, when the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is cancelled, the cooking condition data 2 previously acquired and not used for cooking can be cancelled, and the desired cooking condition data 2 can be acquired, thereby preventing the user from becoming confused about the cooking condition data.

Furthermore, in the first embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the sixth disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is,
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated in an upper portion of the main body 2;
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked contained in the heating chamber 6 arranged inside the main body 2;
a third heating means HM3 for heating the heating chamber 6 by a heating principle different from that of the second heating means HM2;
An input operation unit 15;
A communication unit 51 for wirelessly communicating with the outside;
A display unit 16;
A control device 40 that controls the first, second, and third heating means HM1, HM2, and HM3, respectively;
The control device 40 has a function of performing a cooperative cooking mode KM3, a composite cooking mode KM2, and a single cooking mode KM1,
After the main power is turned on by the input operation unit 15, the control device 40
(1) Displaying the standby initial screen (common screen) 16MH on the display unit 16,
(2) When the input key 153M, 154M, or 155M for selecting either the linked cooking mode KM3 or the composite cooking mode KM2 is operated, the limiting unit 55 limits the acquisition and use of cooking condition data acquired from the communication unit 51,
(3) When the selection input keys 153M, 154M, and 155M are operated, the display of the initial screen (common screen) 16MH is changed to the display of the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 2,
(4) While the first specific screen or the second specific screen is displayed, the device transitions to a standby state for receiving a cooking start command from the input operation unit 15,
(5) During the standby state (preparation period P1), acquisition of cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 is restricted (not permitted).

According to this configuration, when the standby initial screen (common screen) 16MH is displayed, by subsequently operating the selection input keys 153M, 154M, 155M, it can be easily understood that the first specific screen 16M1 and the second specific screen 16M2 dedicated to the linked cooking mode and the composite cooking mode can be displayed, and cooking condition data can be obtained from the outside.
This is expected to prevent confusion or misunderstandings that may occur when the user inputs data between the time the main power is turned on and the start of cooking, thereby improving usability.

Embodiment 2.
30 to 49 show a cooking device and a cooking system according to the second embodiment.
FIG. 30 is a block diagram showing the main functional configuration of the cooking device 1 (built-in type combination type) according to the second embodiment. FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing the main functional configuration of the communication terminal device, FIG. 32 is an operation explanatory diagram when cooking in the cooperative cooking mode is performed with the cooking device of FIG. 30, FIG. 33 is an enlarged plan view explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30, FIG. 34 is an explanatory diagram 1 explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30, FIG. 35 is an explanatory diagram 2 explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30, FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram 3 explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30. FIG. 37 is an explanatory diagram 4 explaining the operation of the central operation unit and the central display unit in the cooking device of FIG. 30. FIG. 38 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing the relationship between the cooking process of the cooperative cooking menu and the operation of the input operation unit. FIG. 39 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing the relationship between the cooking process of the cooperative cooking menu and the operation of the input operation unit. The same or corresponding parts to those in the configuration of the first embodiment explained in FIG. 1 to FIG. 29 are denoted by the same reference numerals.

In this second embodiment, the configuration of the cooking device 1 is changed, and the function of the restriction unit 55, which partially restricts the acquisition of cooking condition data, differs from that of the first embodiment.

Referring now to Fig. 30, reference numeral 43 denotes a heating control section which performs integrated control of the entire cooking device 1, and is mainly composed of a microcomputer.
Reference numeral 55 denotes a restriction unit that restricts some of the input functions and display functions of the heating cooker 1 when cooking condition data (including the above-mentioned “display condition data”) is acquired from an external communication terminal device 200 or the like, and issues various control commands in response to the operation of the data acquisition unit 53 acquiring cooking condition data from the smartphone 200 or the cloud server 300 via the communication unit 51.

Next, the communication terminal 200 shown in FIG. 31 will be described.
A communication terminal device 200 such as a smartphone has a transmission unit and a reception unit 210, a communication control unit 211, a central processing unit (CPU) 212, a ROM and a RAM 213, a speaker 214, a touch-type operation unit 215, a terminal side display unit 216 having a display screen, a cooking appliance database (storage unit) 217, a posture detection unit 218, a remote operation information generation unit 219, and a storage unit 220. The transmission unit and reception unit 210 has an NFC input/output unit 221 for short-range wireless communication.

Reference numeral 222 denotes a voice input unit that converts the voice of a user or the like into an input signal.
The touch-type operation unit 215, the terminal side display unit 216, and the voice input unit 222 are integrated in hardware to form a display operation unit 225. Note that a search unit that analyzes the voice signal from the voice input unit 222 and performs term search, information search, etc. is not shown. The search unit may be provided inside the communication terminal device 200, or may be provided in an external cloud server 300, so that the search function is provided outside the communication terminal device 200.

The attitude detection unit 218 is equipped with various sensors such as a gyro sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gravity sensor, and can detect the inclination and orientation of the communication terminal device 200. As a result, a signal that detects the up-down direction of the communication terminal device 200 is output to the central processing unit 212.

The central processing unit 212 receives a detection signal from the attitude detection unit 218 and controls the display direction of the terminal side display unit 216 .
The central processing unit 212 inputs a signal received from the communication unit 51 of the cooking appliance 1 to the remote operation information generating unit 219 .

The central processing unit 212 has a cooking condition data acquisition unit 230, a cooking condition data transmission unit 231, and a terminal-side recipe selection unit 232. The cooking condition data acquisition unit 230, the cooking condition data transmission unit 231, and the terminal-side recipe selection unit 232 may be functionally realized as a whole by a single computer program, or may be configured by separate control circuits.

The cooking appliance database 217 holds “notification data” 223 of the cooking appliance 1 in order to generate notification information (including image information) for the central display unit 16M and the audio notification unit 50 of the cooking appliance 1 .
The cooker database 217 also holds “remote control data” 224 for the control device 40 of the cooker 1 .

The notification data 223 and remote control data 224 may be stored in the communication terminal device 200 from the beginning, or may be acquired by connecting to the cloud server 300, which is an information providing means, via the network 201 (202) and downloading the data from the cloud server 300. In other words, the cooking appliance database 217 does not need to be constructed by storing the data in a fixed manner, and may be in a form in which information is acquired as needed and temporarily stored in a volatile memory.

The cooking appliance database 217 may obtain cooking condition data for various cooking operations performed by the cooking appliance 1, particularly cooking menus (e.g., "Ratatouille") that can be used in the collaborative cooking mode KM3, from the cloud server 300 or from other communication terminals 200 via the NFC input/output unit 221 (see FIG. 31).

The remote control information generating unit 224 processes the signal acquired from the cooking appliance 1 via the central processing unit 212 and the input signal from the display operation unit 225, and generates a remote control command (information) RS for the cooking appliance 1.

The "remote operation command (information)" RS here includes commands (information) related to input operations corresponding to all cooking modes of the cooking appliance 1, including the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2, display commands (information) for the central display unit 16M in the linked cooking mode, combined cooking mode, etc., and further display commands (information) related to the right display unit 16R and the left display unit 16L. However, it does not include information that serves as a command to start a heating operation in all cooking modes, including the linked cooking mode KM3. Therefore, the cooking appliance 1 does not receive a command to start a heating operation by this remote operation command.

The "remote operation command" RS may not include the display command for the center display unit 16M and the display command for the right display unit 16R and the left display unit 16L. In addition, command information for the functions that can be set using the function setting key 151KP described above cannot be transmitted from the communication terminal device 200, and cannot be generated by the communication terminal device 200.

The central processing unit 212 executes the overall processing of the communication terminal device 200 according to the control programs stored in the ROM/RAM, reading data required in the process of executing the processing from the ROM/RAM, and storing data generated in the process of executing the processing in the ROM/RAM.

The storage unit 220 is a non-volatile semiconductor memory that can store information about the cooking appliance 1 that is read from the transmission unit and the reception unit 210. For example, the storage unit 220 is used to temporarily store the cooking condition data (also called "recipe data") for a specific cooking menu that is downloaded (read) from the cloud server 300.

When a user touches a specific portion of the terminal display unit 216 of the communication terminal 200, the remote operation information generating unit 219 generates remote operation information based on the touch signal.
The remote operation information is transmitted from the transmitting and receiving unit 210 to the cooking appliance 1 .

If the cooking appliance 1 is already powered and started, the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1 treats the received remote operation information as input operation information for the cooking mode. For example, when a remote operation signal related to the linked cooking mode KM3 is received, this causes the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display unit 16M to transition to a selection screen (first specific screen 16M1) for one cooking menu (e.g., hamburger) in the linked cooking mode KM3. However, this does not mean that the cooking appliance 1 will unconditionally operate in response to the remote operation information of the communication terminal device 200. This will be explained in FIG. 32.

On the other hand, on the communication terminal 200 side that transmitted the remote operation information, the display on the terminal display unit 216 changes based on the remote operation information. In other words, the contents of the display screen of the terminal display unit 216 on the display operation unit 225 of the communication terminal 200 and the display contents of the central display unit 16M of the cooking appliance 1 change according to similar operation procedures, but the state of the change is not transmitted to the cooking appliance 1 one by one in real time.

Even if a remote operation command is generated in the communication terminal device 200, it is not recognized as a regular remote operation signal by the cooking appliance 1 until a cooking mode confirmation signal is transmitted. In other words, the remote operation information from the communication terminal device 200 is transmitted all at once when a predetermined confirmation key is pressed on the communication terminal device 200 to confirm the cooking mode.

Therefore, the cooking condition data (recipe data) for a cooking menu (e.g., hamburger steak) in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 includes data specifying the heating means from cooking step 1 to the final cooking step, and data on the default control conditions (e.g., heat level, heat value, heating time, etc., but not limited to these) that are sent all at once. In other words, it also includes data on detailed control conditions that the user can set at will on the first specific screen 16M1.

Next, a description will be given of Fig. 32. Fig. 32 is a diagram illustrating an operation when cooking in the coordinated cooking mode.
In FIG. 32, the operation procedure, related input keys, display screens, and characteristic points regarding the operation are described in three vertical columns.

When the operation button (key) 20A of the main power switch 20 is pressed first, the main power is supplied to the control device 40, and if the control device 40 detects no abnormality as a result of its self-diagnosis, the central display unit 16M and the input operation unit 15 are activated. The heat display units 17 (left heat display unit 17L, central heat display unit 17M, right heat display unit 17R) are also activated.

A standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display section 16M.
A two-dimensional code 60B is displayed on the standby initial screen 16MH. When the communication terminal 200 optically reads the two-dimensional code 60B, it can connect to the recipe information providing server 301 that holds various cooking recipe information, i.e., various cooking condition data. Thus, the communication terminal 200 can obtain the cooking condition data for the desired cooking.

In this second embodiment, the communication terminal device 20 can directly communicate wirelessly with the cooking appliance 1. In addition, the cooking appliance 1 and the communication terminal device 200 are configured to automatically connect to each other when they are within a communication range.

The communication method between the communication terminal device 200 and the cooking device 1 uses Bluetooth (registered trademark), which is one of the short-range wireless communication standards. A wireless router 340 (not shown) is installed between the communication terminal device 200 and the cloud server 300. A wireless LAN communication method such as WiFi (registered trademark) is used between the wireless router (not shown) and the communication terminal device 200.

Since mutual authentication is performed between the communication terminal device 200 and the cooking appliance 1 at first, when the cooking appliance 1 is started, if the cooking appliance 1 transmits a signal for automatic connection (also called a "scan signal"), mutual communication for automatic connection is performed between the cooking appliance 1 and the communication terminal device 200. The scan signal may also be transmitted from the communication terminal device 200.

When a connection is established between the cooking appliance 1 and the communication terminal device 200, the cooking appliance 1 and the communication terminal device 200 continue to be able to directly communicate wirelessly with each other. If the communication terminal device 200 moves with the user and becomes distant from the cooking appliance 1, communication may become temporarily impossible, but if the communication terminal device 200 returns to a communication range (distance), the connection is automatically restored.

During the period from when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed until the input key 153M is pressed (to select the collaborative cooking mode KM3), acquisition of the cooking condition data CD2, CD4, and CD6 from the communication terminal device 200 is basically prohibited.

In addition, during the period from when the main power switch 20 is turned on until the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed, the cooking condition data CD2, CD4, and CD6 cannot be acquired from the communication terminal device 200 at all.

Note that Figure 38, which will be described later, illustrates an example in which the reception restrictions on cooking condition data CD2, CD4, and CD6 are lifted from the point in time when input key 153M is pressed.

FIG. 33 shows an example in which the display screen of FIG. 32 is slightly modified.
FIG. 32 shows an example in which, when cooking condition data is being received from an external source, text such as "Receiving recipe from an external source" is displayed on the initial standby screen 16MH.

In contrast, Figure 33 shows an example in which the display switches to a dedicated receiving operation display screen 16MM, as will be explained in Figure 36.

Figure 34 is a plan view showing the initial standby screen 16MH, which shows the state immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned ON.

Next, as shown in FIG. 35, when the input key 153M is pressed, information (identification information 167) of each cooking menu in the collaborative cooking mode is displayed on the display unit 16M.

As shown in FIG. 35, the light-emitting elements 21M corresponding to the input keys 154 to 157 are illuminated as shown by star shapes. In other words, the cooking menu and control conditions can be changed by the user using these input keys 154 to 157.

However, a case will be described where the cooking menu database held by the cooking appliance 1 does not contain the cooking item desired by the user, for example, "ratatouille." Incidentally, "ratatouille" is a dish that originated in southern France, in which several kinds of vegetables, such as zucchini, onions, and bell peppers, are sliced and sautéed in olive oil with tomatoes and herbs.

Acquisition of the cooking condition data for the above-mentioned "Ratatouille" by the communication terminal 200 will be described.
Using the voice input unit 222 or the touch-type operation unit 215, the above-mentioned "Ratatouille" is specified in the terminal-side recipe selection unit 232, and the cloud server 300 is accessed to obtain cooking condition data for "Ratatouille" by the cooking condition data acquisition unit 230.

The acquired cooking condition data for "Ratatouille" is temporarily stored in the memory unit 220. The display unit 216 on the terminal side displays a message indicating that the cooking condition data for "Ratatouille" has been successfully downloaded, and prompts the user to decide whether or not to send the data.

When the user operates the display operation unit 225 (or inputs voice via the voice input unit 222) to instruct the cooking condition data transmission unit 231 to transmit, the central processing unit 212 transmits the cooking condition data for "Ratatouille" to the cooking appliance 1. In addition to transmitting this cooking condition data, the central processing unit 212 also transmits "notification data" 223 for the cooking appliance 1 and "remote control data" 224 for the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1.

As shown in FIG. 32, after the input key 153M is pressed, the control device 40 allows the cooking condition data for each cooking menu in the linked cooking mode to be received by the cooking appliance 1. However, as shown in FIG. 32, the display does not immediately switch to the first specific screen 16M1. Therefore, the operation of receiving the cooking condition data continues in the standby initial screen 16MH state.

FIG. 33 shows an example in which the configuration of FIG. 32 is slightly modified.
The example of Fig. 33 shows another example of displaying that the cooking condition data for "Ratatouille" is being received from the communication terminal 200. As shown in Fig. 33, the initial standby screen 16MH is switched to a receiving operation display screen 16MM indicating that a recipe is being received from outside. The receiving operation display screen 16MM will be described later with reference to Fig. 36.

The restriction unit 55 shown in FIG. 30 starts receiving cooking condition data via the communication unit 51 from the moment the input key 153M is pressed. Then, if there is cooking condition data received, it is temporarily stored in a specified storage area of the cooking condition data storage unit 42. Note that the reception of the notification data 223 and remote control data 224 is also permitted, and is linked to the cooking condition data of "Ratatouille" (processed so that it can be identified in a one-to-one relationship) and temporarily stored in the storage unit 42.

Figure 34 is an enlarged plan view explaining the operation of the central operation unit 15M and central display unit 16M of the cooking appliance 1. It shows a state in which one display screen 1 (see Figure 25) of the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed. The dashed circle surrounding the input key 153M indicates that this input key 153M is illuminated by a light-emitting element (not shown) such as an LED. In other words, it is recommended that the user press this input key 153M.

Next, we will explain Figure 35.
In FIG. 35, CD9 is “cooking execution data” that is automatically transmitted to the cloud server 300 via the network 205 immediately after the cooking appliance 1 finishes cooking.

Here, "cooking execution data" refers to useful information that is used by the cloud server 300 to analyze cooking results, long-term history, changes, etc.

In FIG. 35, the cooking execution data CD9 is depicted as being sent only to the cloud server 300, but it may be set in advance on the cooking appliance 1 side so that it is sent to the communication terminal device 200 as well.

Figure 36 shows an example of a specific display screen that indicates that the cooking condition data for the above-mentioned "Ratatouille" is being received from the communication terminal 200. As shown in Figure 36 (B), the initial standby screen 16MH switches to a reception operation display screen 16MM that indicates that a recipe is being received from an external device.

FIG. 36A is an enlarged schematic diagram showing the reception operation display screen 16MM.
In FIG. 36A, 16F denotes a plurality of progress marks that appear on a receiving operation display screen 16MM according to the progress of the receiving operation.

The progress mark 16F is of two types: a black square mark and a white square mark.
As shown in FIG. 36, immediately after the start of the receiving operation, there is one black square mark, but as the receiving operation progresses, the number increases gradually, and finally there are five black square marks lined up.
In addition, as the number of black square marks increases, the same number of white square marks disappear. Instead of a plurality of progress marks 16F, the progress degree may be displayed by changing the size and color of a single figure, or may be expressed by animation.

Instead of the receiving operation display screen 16MM, multiple light-emitting elements (LEDs) may be provided, as in the left heating power display unit 17L of embodiment 1, and the progress of the receiving operation may be displayed in multiple stages by the light emitted by the multiple light-emitting elements. For example, at the beginning of the receiving operation, only one LED may be lit, and the number of lit LEDs may increase as the receiving operation progresses. Alternatively, the progress may be expressed by switching the blinking or color of the LED. This may allow the user to be notified of the completion of the receiving operation in an intuitive and easy-to-understand manner.

Next, the operation of the limiting unit 55 shown in FIG. 36 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 36, during an operation in which cooking condition data is being received via the communication unit 51, the receiving operation cannot be stopped midway by the input operation unit 15 on the cooking appliance 1 side.
For example, the operation of the data acquisition unit 53 cannot be interrupted even if the input keys 152M and 153M are pressed.

The cooking condition data stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 of the cooking device 1 is displayed in the form of a first specific screen 16M1 as shown in FIG. 37.

In FIG. 37, 173 is an external recipe identification unit, as explained in the first embodiment. This makes it easy to see that the linked cooking menu currently displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 has been obtained from an external source.

As shown in FIG. 37, when a specific linked cooking menu (in this case, "Ratatouille") is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1, the cooking operation can be started by touching the input key 151M.

In addition, by operating input keys 156M or 157M, you can select to heat using either the right heating section (right heating port 4R) or the left heating section.

Furthermore, by operating input key 152M, cooking using a specific linked cooking menu thus obtained from outside (in this case, "Ratatouille") can be canceled. Once a cancellation operation is performed in this way, the screen returns to the standby initial screen 16MH, and in this state, it is necessary to touch input key 153M again. In this way, once the cooking condition data corresponding to one cooking menu previously obtained is canceled, cooking condition data for another cooking menu can be obtained again (note that it is also possible to obtain cooking condition data for the same cooking again).

Furthermore, if a specific linked cooking menu obtained from outside (in this case, "Ratatouille") has not yet finished cooking the linked cooking menu, it cannot be changed to another linked cooking menu (for example, "Hamburger steak") (including cases where the user forcibly cancels the cooking process midway). To change it, it is necessary to operate input key 152M and return to the initial standby screen 16MH.

In FIG. 37, the light emitting section 21M of the input keys 156M and 157M is lit, but after selecting either the left heating section specification section 171L or the right heating section specification section 171R with the input keys 156M and 157M, the user can manually set the control conditions such as heat power using the input keys 156M and 157M.

The following Figure 38 shows that when cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 based on cooking condition data obtained from the outside, the microwave heating output level can be adjusted when proceeding to cooking step 2.

38(B), the microwave heating output level is displayed in a total of five stages from "strong" to "weak" in the second area 23. Such microwave output levels can be selected by the user by operating the input keys 156M and 157M.
Therefore, in the final step (cooking step 2), the user can adjust the microwave heating intensity depending on the finished state of the food to be cooked.

FIG. 39 is an explanatory diagram showing the relationship between the cooking steps of a collaborative cooking menu and operations on the input operation unit.
In the example of Figure 39, the collaborative cooking menu is composed of three cooking steps: cooking step 1, cooking step 2, and cooking step 3.

In the example of FIG. 39, the cooking condition data is regulated in a predetermined computer program format to wait for input of input key 151M to start the heating operation, and to stop the heating operation when input key 153R (153L) is input, or to stop the heating operation when a certain condition (continuous cooking time or reaching of target temperature) is met. Control conditions such as heat may also be regulated.

The program included in the cooking condition data specifies heating pause periods P3 and P5, which will be described later, but the duration of these heating pause periods P3 and P5 is not specified. However, in order to prevent heating from being interrupted for an excessively long time, for example, the elapsed time of each cooking step 1 and cooking step 2 may be counted based on the end point of each cooking step, and if, for example, 30 minutes have elapsed, an alarm may be issued and the execution of the cooking menu may be forcibly stopped.

In the example of cooking condition data in Figure 39, cooking step 1 is performed using a microwave heating source (second heating means) HM2, cooking step 2 is performed using the same microwave heating source, and finally cooking step 3 is provided in which the food to be cooked is moved onto top plate 3 and induction heating is performed as a finishing touch to compensate for insufficient heating.

In addition, this cooking device 1 has additional protection measures in place to prevent the cooking mode settings and control conditions from being inadvertently changed in response to an external command signal.

In the "second coordinated cooking menu" in the example of Figure 39, the second heating means HM2 is operated first, and after the heating operation is completed, the induction heating source is operated as the first heating means HM1, but the radiant heat heating means 12 may also be operated as the third heating means simultaneously with the second heating means HM2.

As shown in FIG. 39, the "second collaborative cooking menu" shown here is composed of four stages.
P1 is the first stage (preparation period), which is the period from when the input key 153M is operated to execute the cooperative cooking menu to when the heating cooking operation is started by the input key 151M.

When the input key 153M is operated, if the "permission conditions" as described above are met, the control device 40 displays the first specific screen 16M1. Note that the first specific screen 16M1 is not shown in FIG. 39.

When the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, one of the linked cooking menus can be selected by operating input keys 154M and 155M. After that, by operating input key 151M, the mode switches to linked cooking mode and proceeds to the heating and cooking step P2.

When the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, if the identification information 167 of the linked cooking menu desired by the user is displayed in a specified position on the first specific screen 16M1 (default display), there is no need to operate the input keys 154M and 155M.

P2 is the heating and cooking period (cooking step 1) by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating source).
This cooking process 1 is started when the control device 40 confirms that the door 7 has been opened once during the preparation period P1 and has been closed thereafter. The door open/close signal from the open/close detection unit 10 described in the first embodiment is utilized.

The cooking step 1 basically ends automatically when the heating time predetermined by the operation program of the linked cooking menu has elapsed or when the temperature of the food to be cooked has risen to a set value (e.g., 90°C). For example, in one linked cooking menu, heating begins with a microwave output of 500 W. Furthermore, if the user opens the door 7 at any time, the microwave irradiation is instantly stopped and the heating operation is stopped.

The example in Figure 39 shows the case where cooking process 1 is ended by pressing input key 152M on the central operation unit 15M.

At the stage when the cooking process 1 is started, the control device 40 has already finished judging the permission conditions and therefore knows which heating part of the first heating means HM1 (induction heating means) is in use. In other words, the use status of both the right heating port 4R and the left heating port 4L is known.
Therefore, as a default setting, the control device 40 determines to use the "right heating section" 4R in cooking step 3 of the coordinated cooking mode, and occupies this right heating port 4R.

P3 is a heating pause period during which cooking process 1 by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) is temporarily stopped and cooking process 2 by the second heating means HM2 is started again.

This pause period P3 is a period required for checking the degree of heating of the food in cooking step 1, adding seasonings, or adding another food to be cooked and carrying out cooking step 2. For example, in cooking step 1, only frozen food can be heated as the food to be cooked, and in cooking step 2, seasonings can be added or another food to be heated (such as non-frozen food) whose temperature rises faster than that of frozen food can be added. This allows for a wider range of cooking possibilities.
The heating pause step P3 ends when the input key 152M is pressed, and the process proceeds to the cooking step 2 at P4.

P4 is a cooking period (cooking step 2) by the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means). In this cooking step, the user can individually set control conditions (for example, cooking time and target temperature) by operating at least one of the four input keys 156M to 159M.
Then, when input key 151M is pressed to command the cooking to be stopped, cooking step 2 ends and the process proceeds to a heating pause period P5.

During this heating pause period P5, the user opens the door 7, removes the food to be cooked from inside the heating chamber 6, and places it on the top plate 3. The food to be cooked is placed inside a heated object such as a metal pot.
Then, when the input key 153R for the right heating port 4R is pressed to command the start of cooking, the heating pause step P5 ends and the process proceeds to a heating cooking period P6 (the "cooking step 3" of induction heating).

This heating pause period P5 is a period required to check the degree of heating of the food in cooking step 2, to add seasonings, or to add another food to be cooked and perform cooking step 3. For example, in cooking step 2, only frozen food can be heated as the food to be cooked, and in cooking step 3, a food to be cooked that has been immersed in seasonings or cooking liquid, or that has been cooked separately by preheating, can be added to the same food to be heated. This broadens the range of cooking possibilities.

P6 switches from cooking step 2 using the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating source) to cooking step 3 using the first heating means HM1 (in this case, induction heating means, for example, the right heating port 4R).
In this cooking step 3, when cooking is performed using the right heating port 4R as described above, the user can individually set control conditions (e.g., cooking time and target temperature) by operating input keys 154R, 155R (see Figure 8).

In addition, if cooking step 3 is performed using the left heating port 4L, the user can individually set the control conditions (e.g., cooking time and target temperature) by operating input keys 154L and 155L.

When input key 153R is pressed to command cooking to stop, cooking step 3 ends and the operation of the linked cooking mode ends. In the case of timer cooking, induction heating cooking ends automatically when the time has elapsed, and cooking step 3 ends.

As is clear from FIG. 39, the right operation unit 15R of the right heating port 4R becomes unusable from the point at which the cooperative cooking menu is selected, i.e., the point at which the identification information 167 indicating the name of the cooking on the cooperative cooking menu is displayed on the central display unit 16M, but rather from the point at which the start of cooking is decided using the input key 151M. Note that if the left heating port 4L is set by default, the left heating port 4L will be occupied.

As is clear from the above description, the control device 40 performs the following function restriction process.
(1) The input signal from the right operation unit 15R is invalidated. As a result, the right heating port 4R cannot be used in any mode other than the coordinated cooking mode during the heating cooking period (cooking step 1) to the heating cooking period (cooking step 3).
(2) Even when the heating and cooking period (cooking step 1) begins, the left operation unit 15L can be used (the input signal from the left operation unit 15L is not invalidated).

In this way, when the heating cooking period (cooking process 1) begins, the control device 40 transitions from cooking process 1 to occupying only the right heating port 4R for cooking process 3.

Therefore, the right heating port 4R is "occupied" by the selection of the linked cooking menu. Also, when viewed from the perspective of the first heating means HM1 as a whole, the use of only a portion (the right side) of the three heating parts is "restricted."

Even after the heating cooking period (cooking step 1) ends, the above-mentioned restricted state of the right heating port 4R is not released.
In addition, in the stage of the cooking process 1, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, and the user can easily understand that the cooperative cooking mode is entered, so the execution of other cooking menus is not restricted for the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2. This is also the case during the heating pause period P3 to cooking process 2.

Furthermore, even if the control device 40 detects that the door 7 has changed from an open state to a closed state before the heating cooking period (cooking process 1) begins, if the temperature inside the heating chamber 6 is higher than the reference value, there is a concern that the control device 40, the non-contact (infrared) sensor 13, and thermistor sensor 14 may erroneously recognize the abnormally high temperature in the heating chamber 6 as indicating that cooking is complete even before cooking has begun.
Therefore, if the temperature in the heating chamber 6 is too high before the start of the heating cooking period (cooking process 1) and before the start of cooking process 2, the first specific screen 15M1 displays the message that "the second heating means HM2 (microwave heating means) cannot be used immediately due to high temperature."

The periods indicated by the thick arrows in FIG. 39 are the reception restriction period for one piece of cooking condition data (recipe data) and the "addition restriction period" for additional cooking condition data (recipe data). These reception restriction periods and "addition restriction periods" are collectively referred to as "restriction periods" below.

As shown in FIG. 39, the "start" of the "restriction period" is the time when a linked cooking menu (e.g., "Ratatouille") is selected with a specific input key 154M or 155M.

The "starting point" of the "limited period" may be the time when the display of the first specific screen 16M1 begins. In other words, as shown by the large dashed arrow in FIG. 45, the "starting point" may be changed to the time when the linked cooking mode KM3 is selected with the input key 153M. In that case, the "limited period" extends up to an even earlier point P1A in the first stage (preparation period) P1.

When the input key 151M is touched once and the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, the restriction unit 55 performs the following restriction operation.

In other words, as shown in FIG. 39, the restriction unit 55 built into the control device 40 effectively prohibits changing a specific linked cooking menu A obtained from outside to another linked cooking menu B (e.g., "hamburger steak") during the "restriction period." To change it, it is necessary to operate the input key 152M to temporarily cancel the linked cooking mode KM3 and return to the scene of the initial standby screen 16MH.

In other words, once the "restricted period" indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 39 has begun, the cooking using the specific linked cooking menu A obtained from outside can be cancelled at any time by operating the input key 152M. Once a cancellation operation has been performed in this way, the screen returns to the initial standby screen 16MH, and in this state, it is necessary to touch the input key 153M again.

In addition, once the input key 153M is touched for a specific linked cooking menu A obtained from outside, the control device 40 cannot obtain cooking condition data (recipe data) for another linked cooking menu C.

In other words, when the "restricted period" indicated by the thick arrow in FIG. 39 is entered, by operating the input key 152M, cooking can be started using the cooking condition data (recipe data) of the specific linked cooking menu A acquired thereafter, but further cooking condition data (recipe data) cannot be acquired from outside until all cooking steps of this cooking menu A are completed.

As is clear from the above description, the cooking device 1 according to the second embodiment has the following configuration.
A first heating means HM1 including a first heating section (right heating section) 4R and a second heating section (left heating section) 4L;
a second heating means HM2 capable of heating the food to be cooked in a heating chamber 6 located away from the first heating means HM1;
A control device 40 that controls the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1;
a display unit 16M that displays control information of the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1;
The control device 40 has a number of cooperative cooking menus for cooking one food item using the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1, the number of which is equal to the number of food items to be cooked,
The control device 40 is configured to carry out the following operations when a command to display an integrated cooking menu is received from the input key 153M.
(1) The relationship between the second heating means HM2 and the first heating means HM1 "not having been used before" and the "permission condition" of "the temperature of the heating chamber 6 being low" is determined. Then, it is determined whether the cooperative cooking menu can be executed.

(2) If it is determined that the collaborative cooking menu can be executed, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed on the central display unit 16M.

(3) At least one of the linked cooking menus is displayed in a selectable manner on the first specific screen 16M1. To do so, the input functions of the corresponding input keys 154M and 155M are enabled.

(4) When one linked cooking menu is selected, the system waits for a command to start the linked cooking mode from input key 151M.

(5) When a command to start the linked cooking mode is received, microwaves from the second heating means HM2 are supplied to the heating chamber 6, and cooking process 1 is started.

(6) When cooking step 1 is completed automatically or by user command, the heating pause period P3 is entered. Then, a command to resume the linked cooking mode (for cooking step 2) from input key 151M is awaited.

(7) When a command to start the linked cooking mode is received from input key 151M, microwaves from second heating means HM2 are supplied to heating chamber 6, and cooking process 2 is started.

After that, the heating pause period P5 is followed by the heating cooking period P6 (cooking process 3). In this cooking process 3, the control conditions for induction heating using the right heating port 4R can be set by operating input keys 154R and 155R.

As described above, in this embodiment 2, when the predefined permission conditions are met, the first specific screen 16M1 for the coordinated cooking mode is displayed, and this display screen makes it possible to easily proceed with the transition to the coordinated cooking mode using the relevant right heating port 4R or left heating port 4L and second heating means HM2.
In addition, if the permission conditions are not satisfied, the first specific screen 16M1 itself is not displayed, so there is no concern that the user may misuse or misunderstand the device. In other words, a highly convenient combined heating and cooking device can be realized without impairing the user's operability.

Furthermore, there is a heating pause period P3 between cooking steps 1 and 2, and the length of this heating pause period P3 is determined by the timing at which the user issues a cooking restart command using input key 151M.
That is, in this embodiment 1, the time required to check the degree of heating of the food in cooking step 1, add seasonings, or add another food and perform cooking step 2 can be secured. This makes it easy to use and expands the user's cooking repertoire.

Furthermore, because of the restriction unit 55, once the input key 153M is touched for one specific linked cooking menu A, the control device 40 will not acquire cooking condition data (recipe data) for another linked cooking menu C. Therefore, another cooking menu (including the control menu for the combined cooking mode or the control menu for the single cooking mode) will not be inadvertently received during linked cooking. Therefore, there is no concern about user confusion or operational interference with the cooking appliance 1 due to reception.

Next, Figures 40 to 49 show the display contents of the terminal side display screen (also serves as the input operation screen) 216 of the communication terminal device 200, and will be explained in order below. Note that the "terminal side display screen" 216 will be referred to as the "display screen" 216 hereafter.

39(A) and (B) are enlarged views of the display screen 216 of the communication terminal device 200. FIG.
The display screen 216 is formed by covering the surface of a liquid crystal display screen or an organic EL display screen with a glass plate.
Although they do not appear as physical structures on the upper surface (front surface) of the glass plate, various icons (input keys) 488, 489, 491L, 491M, 491R, 492 to 496, which will be described later, can be visually recognized by displaying them on the display screen 216. Although specific parts of the glass plate itself do not emit light or generate images, in the following explanation, the expression "displayed on the display screen" is used from the standpoint of a user who sees the display of characters, figures, and other information.

The "icons" allow the user to perform desired input. In other words, each icon has a capacitance sensing key located thereon. When the user touches the icon, the touch operation unit 215 (see FIG. 31) generates a command signal for the central processing unit 212.

To indicate the presence and function of an icon, a specific function is displayed in text or graphics (at least when it is capable of accepting input). For example, as in the example of FIG. 40(A), text information such as "Left IH operation unit" is displayed at the position of icon 491L.

481 is a menu display section in the initial screen shown in FIG. 40(A). This menu display section 481 changes to a menu selection display section 482 for the left heating section in FIG. 40(B). Also, in FIG. 41(A), it changes to a heating source selection display section 483 called "Select heating source."

Furthermore, the menu display section 481 changes to a range grill control menu selection display section 484 called "RG control menu selection" in FIG. 42(B).
Furthermore, the menu display section 481 is changed to a cooperative cooking menu display section 485, labeled "Select cooperative cooking menu" in FIG. 47(A).

In FIG. 48(B), the menu display section 481 changes to a preparation information display section 486 called "Next Preparation Guide." In FIG. 48(A) and (B), the menu display section 481 changes to a linked cooking menu name display section 487 showing "fried chicken," one of the linked cooking menus.

Returning to Fig. 40(A), reference numeral 490 denotes a warning information display section as an initial screen during standby. Before operation starts, the heating chamber 6 may already be hot due to heat from a previous cooking session, and Fig. 40(A) shows an example of a warning about this.
It also indicates that the power is already on.

In FIG. 40, 491M is a selection section (icon) of the central operation section 15M. By operating the central operation section 15M, cooking can be performed using heating sections other than the left and right heating ports 4L and 4R, as described in the first embodiment.

40, 491L is a selection portion (icon) of the left operation portion 15L, and 491R is a selection portion (icon) of the right operation portion 15R.
An advice display selection section (icon) 492 is provided. When this is touched, the audio notification section 50 notifies, in the central display section 16M, reference information for an operation corresponding to the touched scene.

In FIG. 40, FG indicates the user's fingertip.
In FIGS. 40(A) and (B) and other figures, triangular marks (icons) 501 and 502 are screen switching marks.

The next Figure 41 (B) also has a screen switching mark 503. When these marks are touched, the display screen 216 can be switched in a certain order with each touch. Incidentally, when the screen switching mark 502 is touched in Figure 40 (B), the display screen 216 moves to the right, and the next display screen 480 appears from the left side.

The screen switching marks 501 to 503 may be omitted by providing a scroll function in which the fingertip FG is moved while touching the display screen 216, and the display screen is moved accordingly to switch screens.

In FIG. 40(A), when the left operation section selection section (icon) 491L is touched, the display screen is switched to the display screen 216 shown in FIG. 40(B) without touching the screen switching marks 501 to 504.

In FIG. 40(B), 493 is a control menu display section (icon) for the IH only cooking mode.
There are a total of seven control menus for the IH only cooking mode. Four of them are displayed in the right half of the display screen 216 in Fig. 40(B). These control menu display sections (icons) 493 are "Boil water", "Boil", "Cook rice", and "Boil water + keep warm".

The remaining three control menus are displayed on the left half of the display screen 216: the "Keep Warm" control menu display section (icon) 488, the "Deep Fry" control menu display section (icon) 494, and the "Preheat" control menu display section (icon) 489.

In FIG. 40B, reference numeral 495 denotes a menu screen display portion (icon) for selecting to return to the initial menu display screen.
Reference numeral 496 denotes a confirmation display section (icon) that is displayed when one of the control menus (for example, "boil water") in Fig. 40(B) is selected. When this is pressed, for example, in the case of the above-mentioned "boil water", the screen automatically switches to a control condition setting screen for boiling water.

Next, FIG. 41A will be described.
Reference numerals 497A and 497B denote induction heating source selection sections (icons) for selecting the left IH coil 9L or the right IH coil 9R. Reference numeral 497C denotes a heating source selection section (icon) for selecting a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2).

In FIG. 41(A), reference numeral 498 denotes a range grill heat source selection section (icon), and 499 denotes a selection section (icon) for the combined cooking mode.
In FIG. 41(A), when the range grill heat source selection section (icon) 498 is touched, the display screen changes to that of FIG. 41(B).

In FIG. 41(A), 497A is an induction heating source selection section (icon) for selecting the left IH coil 9L. 497B is a selection section (icon) for the right IH coil 9R.

497C is a selection section (icon) for selecting the microwave induction heating source 189.
When the screen change mark (icon) 503 is touched in FIG. 41(B), the display screen 216 in FIG. 41(B) changes to that in FIG. 42(B).

Next, we will explain Figure 42(B).
Reference numeral 500 denotes an RG control menu selection section (icon) showing a range grill (RG) control menu. The range grill (RG) control menu has a total of 10 items such as "warm", "manual range" and "thaw meat".

Figures 42(A) and (B) show the state in which all (10) of the Range Grill (RG) control menus are displayed. Figure 42(A) shows five control menus 500, and Figure 42(B) shows the remaining five control menus 500.

The large arrows shown in Figures 42 (A) and (B) respectively indicate the rear and front when the display screen 216 is held horizontally. The display screen 216 can be operated without any problems whether it is held horizontally, vertically, or at an angle.

Next, we will explain Figures 43 (A) and (B).
FIG. 43(A) shows the state in which the "warm" control menu 500 has been selected from the range grill (RG) control menu in the state shown in FIG. 42(A).

When the fingertip FG touches the RG control menu selection section (icon) 500, the selection section 500 detects the touch and changes the display color, for example by displaying inverted white characters. When the input confirmation key display section (icon) 496 is touched in this state of FIG. 43(A), the display screen changes to the display screen 216 of FIG. 43(B).

FIG. 43(B) is the default screen of the Range Grill (RG) control menu.
Reference numeral 504 denotes a name display section (icon) of the RG control menu.
The display form and design of the control menu in Fig. 43(B) are similar to those shown in Fig. 15 of embodiment 1. Such a display is possible because of the presence of the cooking device database 217 and the remote operation information generating unit 219 (see Fig. 31).

In FIG. 43(B), 505 is the temperature display section (icon) of the RG control menu. In the example of FIG. 43(B), the default value is 80°C, but the next selectable options are 75°C and 85°C, so these are also displayed at the same time.

As shown in FIG. 43(B), the name display section (icon) 504 of the RG control menu displays the next display candidates, "Oven" and "Parboil leafy vegetables," adjacent to it in slightly smaller size.

When the user wishes to change the microwave temperature setting to 75° C. in the state shown in FIG. 43(B), the user need only place his/her fingertip FG on the portion indicating 75° C.
Similarly, when changing the control menu's "warm" to "oven" or "pre-boil leafy vegetables," the user simply touches the candidate switching marks (icons) 519, 520 near "oven" or "pre-boil leafy vegetables."

In FIG. 43(B), 506 is a reference image display section. The reference image may be something other than a photograph, and may be an illustration showing an image of the "warm" option in the control menu.

Next, we will explain Figures 44(A) and (B).
When the orientation of the communication terminal device 200 is changed to the vertical direction, the display screen 216 becomes vertically long as shown in Fig. 44 (A) (B). Note that the display screen 216 may be set to be fixed in the vertical display as shown in Fig. 44 (A) (B).

Switching between FIG. 44(A) and FIG. 44(B) can be achieved simply by touching the screen switching mark (icon) 503.
Next, Fig. 45 (A) and (B) will be described. When the fingertip FG touches the control menu selection section 500 of "Warm" shown in Fig. 45 (A) to select the control menu 500, the display color changes, for example, the characters are highlighted in white, as shown in Fig. 45 (A). When the input confirmation key display section (icon) 496 is touched in this state of Fig. 45 (A), the display screen changes to the display screen 216 of Fig. 45 (B).

Next, in the state shown in FIG. 45(B), if you want to change the (upper heating limit) temperature setting of the "warm" range (microwave heating) to 75°C, you can simply place your fingertip FG on the 75°C display area (temperature display area 505 of the RG control menu). Then, the display screen 216 will change to the state shown in FIG. 46(A).

In FIG. 45(B), 507A is an auxiliary information display section, which is displayed near the reference image display section 506. In FIG. 45(B), the user is advised to select a set temperature.

Next, FIG. 46(A) will be described.
As shown in Fig. 46(A), the set temperature is displayed as having been changed to 75°C. Note that, since this is still a stage before the control conditions have been finalized, the other set temperature of "85°C" remains displayed.

In the state shown in FIG. 46(A), the remote control signal transmission key display section (icon) 521 is displayed for the first time.
In this Figure 46 (A), when the transmission key display section 521 is selected, the setting information (cooking condition data) of the control menu "Warm" of the "Microwave only cooking mode KM1" displayed in this Figure 46 (A) is transmitted all at once to the heating cooker 1 as remote control information.

The state in Figure 46 (A) is the stage where all conditions for executing "Warm" in the RG control menu have been selected, so the heating temperature condition of "75°C" displayed on the temperature display unit 505 is sent to the cooking appliance 1.

In FIG. 46(A), 507B is an auxiliary information display section, which is displayed near the reference image display section 506. In FIG. 46(A), it is shown that the input operation is completed by pressing the transmission key display section 521.

At the stage in Figure 46 (B) where the transmission of the remote operation command (signal) (including cooking condition data) has been completed, the stop key display section (icon) 522 for stopping the heating operation by remote operation is displayed for the first time. Pressing this stops the heating operation at the stage in Figure 46 (B). Pressing this stop key display section 522 once returns to the first stage, and all remote operation conditions must be re-entered.

The communication terminal 200 is provided with a stop key display section (icon) 522 that can immediately send command information to stop heating. This provides a function for ensuring the safety of the cooking appliance 1.

In Figures 40 to 46 (A), various input operations have been explained in sequence, but up to the stage of Figures 40 to 46, the communication terminal device 200 and the first server 321 or the cooking appliance 1 are not in a continuous state in which they can communicate wirelessly.

For example, even if the communication terminal device 200 is not connected to the cooking appliance 1, the communication terminal device 200 can perform the displays and inputs shown in Figs. 40 to 46 by itself. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 46(A), it is sufficient to connect to the cooking appliance 1 before pressing the transmission key display unit 521 to transmit. Therefore, even if the communication terminal device 200 is performing input operations as shown in Figs. 40 to 46(A), this does not impede the operation of acquiring and transmitting information from outside via the communication unit 51 of the cooking appliance 1.

Next, FIG. 47A will be described.
Fig. 47(A) shows the display screen 216 that is displayed when the selection section 499 of the coordinated cooking mode KM3 shown in Fig. 41(A) is touched. The display screen 216 of Fig. 45(A) may be displayed by touching the central operation section selection section 491M in Fig. 40(A). However, when the central operation section selection section 491M is touched, the selection screen is also used for the range grill cooking mode (combined cooking mode KM2), so there are a few more touch operations required to select the coordinated cooking mode KM3.

FIG. 47(A) shows an example in which "fried chicken" is selected as one of the cooking menus in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
When the user wishes to cook "fried chicken" and touches the linked cooking menu display section (selection section) 500C, the display color changes, for example, to white characters, as shown in FIG. 47(A).

When the input key display section (icon) 496 is touched in this state of FIG. 47(A), the display screen 216 (not shown) for cooking "fried chicken" appears. The display screen 216 in FIG. 47(A) is a display screen showing the selection stage for "fried chicken."

Note that Figure 47(A) only shows the collaborative cooking menu and omits the subsequent illustration of selecting the heating unit and control conditions, but if you select (touch) the collaborative cooking menu selection section (icon) 500C on the display screen 216 in Figure 47(A), you will proceed to the display screen 216 for setting the selected cooking menu (e.g., "fried chicken").

Between Fig. 47 and Fig. 48, there is actually a setting display screen 216 for "fried chicken". The display screen 216 may display an icon (not shown) for selecting the left or right heating unit (IH coils 9L, 9R) as shown in the first embodiment (Fig. 16). Alternatively, the left or right heating unit may not be specified, and the heating ports 4L, 4R may be selected on the heating cooker 1 side that receives the cooking condition data. Also, the setting display screen 216 displays a transmission key display section (icon) 521 as shown in Fig. 46. This enables the cooking condition data for "fried chicken" to be transmitted.

Figure 47 (B) shows an example of a notification corresponding to "Reference information 1" FA1 that is automatically notified by the heating cooker 1 when the heating control unit 43 detects the progress of the cooking process in the middle of cooking process 1 when cooking "fried chicken" in the cooking menu of the linked cooking mode KM3.

In this second embodiment, the "Reference Information 1" FA1 notified by the cooking appliance 1 notifies two things: opening the door 7 of the heating chamber 6, and then removing the heated food from the heating chamber 6, as shown in FIG. 47(B).

The display screen 216 of the communication terminal 200 also displays, as shown in FIG. 47 (B), a preparatory work reference image 509 indicating that the door 7 should be opened, and a preparatory work reference image 510 indicating that the food to be cooked should be removed together with the tray, as contents corresponding to the above-mentioned reference information 1FA1.
Reference numeral 511 denotes attention-calling information, and 512 denotes auxiliary information that explains the user's operation.

Next, FIG. 48(A) will be described.
The display screen 216 in FIG. 48(A) displays the first cooking step of "fried chicken."
Reference numeral 513 denotes a process information display section. In Fig. 48(A), this indicates that microwave heating is still continuing. Reference numeral 514 denotes a display section for the next cooking process information. In the example shown in this figure, it indicates that induction heating will be performed next at the left heating port 4L.

515 is a display section for the recommended menu. This display section 515 may include a recommended cooking menu (another cooking) searched for from inventory information SD1 previously obtained from the refrigerator 800 (not shown).

The example in FIG. 48(A) suggests that there is another recommended dish that can be cooked in the heating chamber 6, which is currently being used for "fried chicken," after that heating chamber is no longer in use. Note that the heating cooker 1 has a function that allows it to obtain refrigerator inventory information (inventory data) SD1 via wireless communication between the heating cooker 1 and the refrigerator 800 (not shown).

At the stage shown in FIG. 48(A), the recommended menu is not automatically displayed in detail. If the user touches the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523, which is displayed for the first time at this stage, detailed information is displayed as shown in FIG. 48(B).

The selection section corresponding to the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523 as shown in FIG. 48(B) is not displayed on the central display section 16M of the cooking device 1. After a certain period of time, the screen in FIG. 48(B) automatically returns to the display screen 216 in FIG. 48(A).

Even at this stage in Figure 48 (A), the stop key display section (icon) 522 is displayed to stop the heating operation by remote control.

In Fig. 48 (B), 487 is a display section for the name of the coordinated cooking menu, and in this case, the name of the food to be cooked, "fried chicken", is displayed. 516 is a display section for the recommended menu. The specific contents of the recommended menu are displayed in the display section for the recommended menu 515. It is recommended that the food be defrosted and heated.

In FIG. 48(B), 517 denotes auxiliary information for the recommended menu, indicating that cooking can be performed using the "warm" control menu that utilizes microwave heating.
Reference numeral 518 denotes a cooking reference image for the recommended menu. This may be an illustration (conceptual image) instead of a photograph.
At this stage in FIG. 48(B), the stop key display section (icon) 522 for stopping the heating operation by remote control is also displayed.

Next, FIG. 49(A) will be described.
Display screen 216 in FIG. 49(A) shows a state in which cooking step 1 of “fried chicken” has ended and the cooking process has entered a heating pause period, i.e., a transition period TR, before moving on to cooking step 2.

The transition period TR does not end unless the user who is actually cooking in front of the cooking appliance 1 presses the input key 151M of the cooking appliance 1.
In other words, the length of time for the transition period is up to the user.

Therefore, the communication terminal device 200 does not have the function of remotely commanding (by wireless communication) the transition period TR and restarting the cooking process from a remote location, regardless of the operation performed. This is to improve the safety of the cooking device 1.

513 is the process information display section. In FIG. 49(A), this shows that microwave heating has ended. 514 is the display section for the next cooking process information. In the example shown, this shows that induction heating will be performed next at the right heating port 4R.

515 is a display section for the recommended menu. If there is a recommended cooking menu (another cooking) searched for from the inventory information SD1 previously obtained from the refrigerator 800 (not shown), this display section 515 shows that there is a recommended cooking menu, as shown in FIG. 49 (A).

When the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523 displayed on the display screen 216 in FIG. 49 (A) is touched, details of possible cooking menu items that can be performed in parallel with cooking step 2 in the heating chamber 6 are displayed, as shown in FIG. 49 (B).

The selection section corresponding to the detailed display instruction section (icon) 523 as shown in FIG. 49(A) may also be displayed on the central display section 16M of the cooking device 1. However, if the display screen of the central display section 16M is not of a touch input type, it is necessary to display that an appropriate input key should be pressed.

When the input confirmation key display section (icon) 496 in FIG. 49 (B) is pressed, information on a recommended cooking menu (another cooking) that uses the heating chamber 6 is transmitted to the cooking appliance 1. In other words, the intention of "agreeing with the recommended menu" is conveyed to the user who is cooking in front of the cooking appliance 1.

When information on the recommended cooking menu (another cooking) is transmitted to the cooking appliance 1, the owner of the communication terminal device 200 may not be in the kitchen 601 (not shown) and may receive the notification of the recommended cooking menu (another cooking). In other words, it is conceivable that at that moment another user may be in front of the cooking appliance 1. In any case, the user can know that cooking can be performed simultaneously in parallel by effectively using the heating chamber 6.

In the above description, the communication terminal device 200 such as a smartphone performs wireless communication 400 with the cooking appliance 1 using Bluetooth (registered trademark). As an alternative method, since the communication terminal device 200 has an NFC input/output unit 221 (see FIG. 31) for short-distance wireless communication, the communication terminal device 200 may be brought into close proximity or in direct contact with an NFC input/output unit (not shown) on the cooking appliance 1 side to input information.

Summary of embodiment 2.
As is clear from the above description, in the second embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the first disclosure is disclosed in the following form. That is,
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in a second location (heating chamber 6) separate from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 for receiving cooking condition data 2 (CD2, CD4, CD5, CD6) from an external device;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the communication unit 51;
The control device 40 has a heating control unit 43 that executes a cooperative cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven with a time lag based on cooking condition data 1, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to execute heating cooking of a specific food in the cooperative cooking mode, and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 during a preparation period P1 before starting cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 (i.e., the preparation period P1 before "cooking step 1" shown in FIG. 37 ).
The restriction unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

In the second embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the fourth disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is,
A cooking system including a cooking device 1 having a plurality of heating means HM1, HM2, and HM3 with different heating capacities or heating principles, and a function of a linked cooking mode KM3 in which food is heated sequentially by the heating means at least in two locations, and a communication terminal 200 for communicating with the cooking device 1,
The cooking device 1 has cooking condition data 1 for executing the cooking operation of the combined cooking mode KM3,
The communication terminal device 200 includes a cooking device database 217 that generates cooking condition data 2 for performing the cooking operation of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and a cooking condition data transmission unit 231 that transmits the cooking condition data 2 to the cooking device 1.
The cooking device 1 includes a storage unit 42 that stores the cooking condition data 1 and the cooking condition data 2 received from the communication terminal device 200 in association with identification information 167, a heating control unit 43 that reads out the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 from the storage unit 42 in response to a user's operation of selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the identification information 167, and uses the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 for cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and a limiting unit 55 that limits acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 from outside during a standby period before starting cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3.
The restriction unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data 2 until the cooking process of one cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

This makes it possible to prevent another cooking menu (including a control menu for the combined cooking mode or the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking.
Therefore, the cooking menu of the received cooking condition data 2 can be effectively used in the cooking appliance 1 to perform cooking.

Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the control device 40 from being affected by the inadvertent receipt of cooking condition data for another cooking menu during the cooking process, which could cause problems with the operation of the control device 40 or lead to misunderstandings or confusion on the part of the user. This improves the ease of use of the cooking device 1.

Furthermore, in this second embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the fifth disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is,
A cooking device 1 including a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated with a heating section (heating ports 4L, 4R) set on a top plate 3, and a second heating means HM2 for cooking the object to be cooked in a heating chamber 6 located at a different location from the heating section;
A cooking system including a communication terminal 200 that communicates with the cooking appliance 1,
The cooking device 1 has a cooking menu (for example, a linked cooking menu) corresponding to a specific food to be cooked,
The cooking device 1 has a function of storing cooking condition data for executing the cooking menu,
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of providing the cooking condition data CD5 to the cooking appliance 1 and a function of acquiring cooking execution data CD9 of the cooking menu from the cooking appliance 1,
The cooking device 1 includes a limiting unit 55 that determines a timing for receiving the cooking condition data from the communication terminal 200,
The present invention discloses a heating and cooking system having a configuration in which the restriction unit 55 permits acquisition of the cooking condition data CD5 after a specific cooking menu is selected, and restricts acquisition of new cooking condition data CD5 until the cooking process related to the acquired cooking condition data CD5 is completed.

This makes it possible to prevent another cooking menu (including a control menu for the composite cooking mode) from being inadvertently received before or after the start of the cooking process, and to execute the cooking menu of the received cooking condition data CD5.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Furthermore, since the communication terminal 200 can obtain the cooking execution data CD9 of the cooking menu, the cooking status of the cooking appliance 1 can be confirmed even if the user is in a remote location.
That is, according to the cooking system of the fifth disclosure, the status of the cooker 1 can be monitored on the communication terminal device 200 side, improving convenience.

Embodiment 3.
Figures 50 to 52 show a cooking device according to embodiment 3. Figure 50 is explanatory diagram 1 showing the display operation of the central display unit immediately after start-up of cooking device 1. Figure 51 is explanatory diagram 2 showing the display operation of the central display unit after start-up of cooking device 1. Figure 52 is explanatory diagram 3 showing the display operation of the central display unit after start-up of cooking device 1. Note that parts that are the same as or equivalent to the configurations of embodiments 1 and 2 described in Figures 1 to 49 are given the same reference numerals.

In this third embodiment, the configuration of the cooking device 1 shown in the second embodiment is modified, and the contents displayed on the central display and the procedure for selecting the cooking mode are partially modified.

Referring now to Figure 50, when the main power switch 20 is turned "OFF", the central display unit 16M is not activated and does not display any information.
When the main power switch 20 is turned "ON", the control device 40 performs a self-diagnosis to check for abnormalities, etc., and then displays the display screen 1A (initial standby screen 16MH) of FIG. 50.

In the display screen 16MH of FIG. 50, 60A is a display message notifying the user that the power is on. 60B is two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code) for directing the user to a dedicated recipe posting site (cloud server 300) via a wide area network such as the Internet. 60C is text (two-dimensional information explanation text) explaining the meaning of the two-dimensional code.

When the communication terminal device 200 is started and the two-dimensional code 60B is optically read, it can be connected to an external recipe information providing server 301 (not shown) that holds information on various cooking recipes. As explained in the first embodiment, the recipe information providing server 301 is provided with a recipe DB (database) 302 (not shown) that holds data on various cooking recipes (cooking condition data).

After display screen 1A is displayed, display screen B is automatically displayed. Note that, as shown in FIG. 51, after display screen B is displayed, display screens B1 to B3 may be displayed for a fixed time (for example, for 3 or 5 seconds) at fixed time intervals (for example, for 3 or 5 seconds each). Then, display screen B is displayed again.

On the other hand, the audio notification unit 50 may, when the display screen B shown in FIG. 50 is displayed, or when the display screens B1 to B3 are displayed as shown in FIG. 51, notify the user of the display contents (displayed information) of each display screen by audio and guide the user which input keys to operate.

For example, at the time of display screen B1, it would be good to display a message such as "When using both the heating chamber and the induction cooker for coordinated cooking, select key number 1." In this case, "key number 1" refers to input key 153M. "Key number 2" refers to input keys 154M and 155M.

The number "1" may be printed or engraved on the operation surface of the input keys 153M on the top surface of the central operation unit 15M. Alternatively, the operation surface of the input keys 153M may be illuminated so that the number can be easily identified by the user. A similar configuration may be adopted for the other keys numbered 2 and 3.

As shown in display screen B1 in FIG. 51, when the "number 1 key," i.e., input key 153M, is displayed as a specific input key on the initial standby screen 16MH, the input function of that input key 153M is enabled. In other words, during the initial standby period TP, the input keys shown on display screens B1 to B3 are displayed with their input functions enabled.

After going through the above process, when the input key 153M is pressed for the first time, the central display unit 16M switches from display screen B to the first specific screen 16M1 as shown in FIG. 52. However, as explained in the embodiment, if "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2" are not met, a display or audio notification is given to the effect that the collaborative cooking mode KM3 cannot be selected, and the display returns to screen A.

The control device 40 is configured to automatically open the main power switch 20 and cut off the main power supply when the time that has elapsed without any of the input keys 153MC, 154M, and 155M being operated exceeds a certain time limit (30 minutes) from the time that the standby initial screen 16MH (display screen A) is displayed or the content of display screen B is audibly notified by the audio notification unit 50.

As shown in FIG. 52, during the acquisition-unavailable period TZ after startup, the cooking appliance 1 cannot acquire any data from the communication terminal device 200 (acquisition is restricted by the restriction unit 55).

On the other hand, the acquisition period TB begins when the input key 153M is pressed, so if the cooking device 1 is connected to the communication terminal device 200, it can acquire cooking condition data.

As shown in Figures 50 to 52, in central display section 16M, display sections 525, 526, and 527 for displaying cooking mode names are displayed.
The display unit 525 displays corresponding to the cooperative cooking mode KM3. The display unit 526 displays corresponding to the composite cooking mode KM2. The display unit 527 displays corresponding to the induction heating source 9 single cooking mode KM1.

As shown in FIG. 50, the display screen B shows display sections 525 to 527 in a list form, and displays guide messages (text information) 530, 531, and 532 that identify the input key to be operated first in a one-to-one correspondence with each of the display sections.

Therefore, the user can check information common to the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3, such as warning information (standby common information 60N), on the standby initial screen 16MH (display screen A).

Furthermore, the above-mentioned guide messages 530, 531, and 532 can be viewed on guide screen B (16MA), eliminating the possibility of the user becoming confused about how to operate the device before cooking begins, resulting in a cooking device 1 that is highly user-friendly and easy to use.

As can be seen from the above explanation, explanatory text 533, 534, 535 indicating the content of each cooking mode is displayed simultaneously with the display units 525 to 527.

Furthermore, when the display screen B is displayed on the guidance screen 16MA, the audio notification unit 50 notifies the user by voice of the input key to be operated.

This allows users to obtain information about the input keys they should operate not only visually but also through voice, which is expected to further improve operability.

In this third embodiment, the control device 40 also includes a heating control unit 43, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to perform heating and cooking in the linked cooking mode for a specific food, and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 during a waiting period before starting cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 (before "cooking step 1").

Furthermore, the restriction unit 55 does not restrict the acquisition of cooking condition data 2 after the input key 153M is operated, that is, during the acquisition period TB shown in FIG. 52.

Furthermore, the restriction unit 55 has a function of restricting the acquisition of new cooking condition data B from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the cooking condition data 2 once acquired is applied is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Summary of embodiment 3.
As described above, the third embodiment discloses the cooking device 1 having the following configuration.
That is,
A first heating means HM1 (induction heating source 9) for heating an object to be heated at a first location (above the top plate 3);
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked in a second place (heating chamber 6) separated from the first place and isolated from the first place;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 for receiving cooking condition data 2 from an external device;
A display unit 16 that displays cooking information;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means, the second heating means, the communication unit 51, and the display unit 16,
After starting up the display unit 16, the control device 40 displays a standby initial screen 16MH on the display unit 16,
The standby initial screen 16MH displays at least one of reference information 1 (standby common information 60N) common to the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2, and reference information 2 (explanations 525-527, 533-535) showing the contents of a plurality of heating cooking modes (KM1-KM3) or the operation of the input operation unit 15 to select the heating cooking mode;
When a specific input, i.e., operation of the input key 153M, is performed on the input operation unit 15 during the display period of the standby initial screen 16MH, the control device 40 acquires the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51.

With this configuration, the coordinated cooking operation based on cooking condition data 1 stored on the cooking device 1 side and the coordinated cooking operation based on cooking condition data 2 acquired from an external source do not interfere with each other, which is expected to prevent user confusion and improve usability.

Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the input operation unit 15 has input keys 153L, 153M, and 153R for individually selecting the heating cooking modes KM1 to KM3,
The initial standby screen 16MH was configured to display information (explanations 525 to 527, 533 to 535 in FIG. 50) regarding the selection of the first heating means and the second heating means for selecting the input keys 153L, 153M, and 153R as the reference information 2. In other words, the guide screen 16MA shown in FIG. 50 was temporarily and automatically displayed.

This configuration is expected to improve usability without causing confusion to the user when selecting one of multiple cooking modes.

Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the input operation unit 15 has input keys 153L, 153M, and 153R corresponding to the plurality of cooking modes KM1 to KM3, respectively, for selecting the cooking modes individually,
The standby initial screen 16MH displays information common to the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM3 for selecting the input keys 153L, 153M, and 153R as the reference information 1 (60N),
After the reference information 1 is displayed, the restriction unit 55 of the control device 40 restricts the acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 until the specific input key (153M) is operated.

With this configuration, the coordinated cooking operation based on cooking condition data 1 stored on the cooking device 1 side and the coordinated cooking operation based on cooking condition data 2 acquired from an external source do not interfere with each other, which is expected to prevent confusion for the user and also to facilitate the selection of cooking modes, improving usability.

Furthermore, the restriction unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data B from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the combined cooking mode or the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and allows the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.

Embodiment 4.
Fig. 53 shows a cooking device according to embodiment 4, and explains the operation steps of the control device 40 of the cooking device 1 from when the cooking device 1 is started to immediately before cooking begins. Fig. 54 is a flowchart 1 for explaining the control operation of the cooking device of Fig. 53. Fig. 55 is a flowchart 2 for explaining the control operation of the cooking device of Fig. 53. Note that parts that are the same as or equivalent to the configurations of the respective embodiments explained in Figs. 1 to 52 are given the same reference numerals.

In the fourth embodiment, the configuration of the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1 shown in the first embodiment is modified.
In FIG. 53, steps SU1 to SU4 are the same as those explained in FIG. 27, so a duplicate explanation will be omitted.

After the stage where the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display unit 16M (step SU1), in step SU1A, an automatic connection operation with an external device (the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300) is performed, and if the communication connection is successful, the process proceeds to step SU1B.

In step SU1B, it is determined whether the input key 153M of the input operation unit 15 has been operated, and if so, the process proceeds to the next step SU2.

When it is confirmed at step SU2 that recipe information (cooking condition data) has been acquired from the outside, the "input prohibition period" TC begins at step SU2.

When the "input prohibition period" TC starts, the input functions of the various input keys in the input operation unit 15 are disabled by the control device 40. For example, the input function of the input key 153M is disabled by the control device 40, so it is no longer possible to select the coordinated cooking mode KM3. However, as an exception, the operation button (input key) 20A of the main power switch 20 remains enabled, so it is possible to shut off the power at any time.

During the "input prohibited period" TC, the control device 40 compares the latest state of each component of the cooking device 1 and determines whether the state satisfies permission condition 1 and permission condition 2.

When it is determined that permission conditions 1 and 2 are met simultaneously (SU6), the identification information included in the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from an external device (the PC terminal 200 or the cloud server 300) is displayed on the central display unit 16M. In this case, the identification information (e.g., "Name: Hamburger") is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 (step SU7).

As shown in FIG. 53, the "cooking condition changeable period" TB3 begins from the point in time when the identification information (e.g., "Name: Hamburger") is displayed in the first specific screen 16M1. This cooking condition changeable period TB3 ends when the input key 151M for starting cooking is pressed.

When the "cooking condition changeable period" TB3 begins, the input functions of the various input keys that were disabled during the "input prohibited period" TC are released by the control device 40.

Therefore, during the "cooking condition changeable period" TB3, the user can use input keys 154M, 155M, etc. to adjust the control conditions (heat value, heat level, target temperature, heating time, and other conditions) for the cooking menu that the acquired cooking condition data applies to (for example, "hamburger steak"). However, there are some control conditions that cannot be changed, depending on the cooking menu.

On the other hand, the case where the control device 40 compares the latest state of the cooking device 1 with that of the step SU3 and determines that the state does not satisfy permission condition 1 and permission condition 2 (step SU4) will be described.

The contents of the standby initial screen 16HM in the central display section 16M are partially changed to display in text a message that the recipe information (cooking condition data) acquired from an external device cannot be executed with the current cooking device 1. The same message is also audibly notified by the audio notification section 50 (step SU5A).

Furthermore, in step SU5A, the communication unit 51 transmits a message to the communication terminal 200 or cloud server 300 that transmitted the recipe information (cooking condition data) that the recipe information (cooking condition data) is currently unavailable. Then, the source of the recipe information (cooking condition data) is notified so that the status of the cooking appliance 1 can be known.

From step SU1B to immediately before step SU2 shown in FIG. 53, the restriction unit 55 does not restrict the acquisition of cooking condition data 2 from outside. The restriction unit 55 permits the acquisition of cooking condition data 2 from outside under "certain conditions."

The "certain condition" means, for example, that when one-time cooking condition data 2 is acquired from outside, cooking condition data 2 cannot be acquired thereafter (until the cooking process based on the previously acquired cooking condition data 2 is completed).

During the input prohibition period TC (shown in FIG. 53) from step SU2 onwards, the restriction unit 55 prohibits the user from changing the control conditions, such as heat and heating temperature, for the cooking condition data 2 once acquired, using the input operation unit 15. To achieve this prohibition effect, before a determination result is made that the permission conditions are met (step SU7), the first specific screen 16M1 is not displayed, and neither the identification information of the cooking menu nor the control conditions are displayed.

During the input prohibition period TC, even if cooking condition data 2 is transmitted from the communication terminal device 200 or the cloud server 300, the cooking condition data received by the communication unit 51 (hereinafter referred to as "unauthorized recipe data") is only stored in a temporary storage area inside the cooking device 1, and is controlled by the control device 40 so as not to be stored in a specified area (not stored in the storage unit 42). The temporary storage area is automatically erased when the cooking process is completed and the main power switch 20 is turned off.

Even if unauthorized recipe data is acquired during the input prohibited period TC, this unauthorized recipe data will not be used as a basis for executing a cooking menu during the next "cooking condition changeable period" TB3. Therefore, the user cannot arbitrarily change the heat and other control data included in the unauthorized recipe data and use it for cooking.

When the input prohibited period TC ends and the next "cooking condition changeable period" TB3 begins, cooking conditions (control conditions) such as heat can be changed using the input operation unit 15. However, even in this case, new cooking condition data 2 cannot be obtained from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of one linked cooking menu scheduled to be cooked at this stage is completed. If it is desired to obtain different cooking condition data 3 and execute a different cooking menu, it is necessary to temporarily cancel the linked cooking mode KM3 using the input key 152M.

Furthermore, after the start of the "cooking condition changeable period" TB3, the "non-authorized recipe data" sent from outside cannot be used in place of the cooking menu that is about to be started.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Next, we will explain Figure 54.
A basic operation program from turning on the main power to starting cooking preparation is stored in a memory device 41 inside the control device 40.
Since the cooking appliance 1 in FIG. 54 is a built-in type, the power plug (not shown) is always connected to a commercial (AC) power source from the time the kitchen furniture 600 is installed.
Therefore, the user presses the operation button 20A of the main power switch 20 to turn on the power (step SW1 in FIG. 54).

Then, as described in the first embodiment, a predetermined low power supply voltage is supplied to the control device 40 via a DC power supply conversion section (not shown) of the power supply circuit 67, and the control device 40 is started up.
The control device 40 starts its own diagnosis of whether or not there is an abnormality by its own control program (SW2).

The related circuits of the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3 check for the presence or absence of abnormalities in themselves. The data of these check results is collected centrally by the control device 40, which determines the presence or absence of abnormalities.

Step SW2 says "send startup information to outside", which means that an operation information signal that notifies the start of operation of cooking appliance 1 is sent from communication unit 51 to a "home control device" (not shown) called an "integrated information management device" or "integrated power control device" (HEMS controller) in a living space such as kitchen 601 (not shown). Alternatively, the operation information signal may be sent to cloud server 300 by connecting to networks 203, 204, 205 via an access point such as wireless router 340 (not shown).

In addition, step SW2 says "obtain information (such as a power consumption regulation command) from outside," which means obtaining command signals and information from the home control device (not shown), the communication terminal device 200, the cloud server 300, etc., via the communication unit 51.

In step SW2, the communication unit 51 accesses the home control device and acquires information useful for health management, such as cooking menus and recipe information, within the range previously set by the user. For example, information that the user of the cooking appliance 1 has previously sent to the cloud server 300 via an Internet line using a communication terminal device 200 or the like can also be acquired immediately after starting up the control device 40. Note that when any information is acquired, the information may be displayed on the common screen (initial screen during standby) 16MH.

If no abnormality is found in the cooking appliance 1, the control device 40 activates the display unit 16. Then, it displays "Since there is no abnormality, cooking can be started" (SW3). Note that the display screen at this initial stage is the common screen 16MH described in FIG. 25 etc. in the first embodiment.
Therefore, the standby common information 60N, such as information indicating that the power is on, is displayed. At the same time as these displays, the audio notification unit 50 notifies the same contents by audio.

Next, after the abnormality determination is completed as described above, the control device 40 uses the display unit 16 and the audio notification unit 50 to provide a notification and audio guidance to prompt the user to select a heating method (SW4). Then it proceeds to the next step SW5.

In step SW5, it is determined whether the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is open. If the door 7 remains closed, the process proceeds to step SW7.

Step SW7 determines whether input key 153L or 153R has been operated as a third selection means for selecting the "single cooking mode" KM1 using the first heating means (induction heating means) HM1.

To select the "single cooking mode" of the first heating means HM1, the user must operate either the input key 153L of the left operation unit 15L or the input key 153R of the right operation unit 15R.

In this step SW7, if either the input key 153L or 153R is operated, the result is determined to be "Yes" and the process proceeds to the next step SW8. If neither the input key 153L nor 153R is operated, the process returns to step SW4.

In step SW8, the display of the common screen 16MH is stopped, and the third specific screen 16M3 is displayed instead. The third specific screen 16M3 is the same as that shown in FIG. 26 in the first embodiment.

If it is determined in step SW5 that the door 7 of the heating chamber 6 is open, the process proceeds to step SW6.
Step SW6 is a process for starting the acceptance of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2.

At the moment of proceeding to step SW6, the communication unit 51 transmits a specific signal to the "home control device" (not shown) and cloud server 300, indicating that the cooking appliance 1 can obtain cooking condition data from the outside and can operate in response to a remote control signal. The specific signal is transmitted to the cloud server 300 as a type of the operating information data OS.

The "remote control command (information)" here has the same meaning as the "remote control command (information)" RS explained in the second embodiment.
The "remote operation command" in this embodiment 4 includes commands regarding input operations corresponding to all cooking modes of the heating cooker 1, including the coordinated cooking mode KM3 and the composite cooking mode KM2, a display command signal for the central display unit 16M in the coordinated cooking mode, composite cooking mode, etc., and further display commands for the right heating power display unit 16R and the left heating power display unit 16L.

After step SW6 in FIG. 54, when the acquisition period begins, the reception of cooking condition data (recipe data) for the linked cooking mode KM3 and the reception of cooking condition data for the combined cooking mode are not restricted by the restriction unit 55 as long as the permission conditions are met and only one reception is allowed.

In this fourth embodiment, the "remote control command" RS includes commands to change control conditions such as heat power and heating time. However, for heat power (heating capacity), it does not include a command to increase heat power (to increase heating capacity), but is a signal that only decreases heat power.

Furthermore, in all cooking modes, including the cooperative cooking mode KM3, no information is included that serves as a command to start a heating operation. Therefore, the cooking appliance 1 does not receive a command to start a heating operation by this remote control command RS.

In step SW9, it is determined whether the input key 153MC has been operated as the first selection means for selecting the cooperative cooking mode KM3. Then, reception of cooking condition data (recipe data) for the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is permitted, and cooking condition data is received from the outside via the communication unit 51. In this case, as described in the first embodiment, a determination is made as to whether the "permission conditions" are met, and if the conditions are met, the data is stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42.

If the input key 153M is operated, the answer is determined to be "Yes" and the process proceeds to the next step SW10.
At step SW10, the display of the common screen 16MH is stopped, and instead the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed.

On the other hand, if the input key 153M is not operated, the process proceeds to the next step SW11.
In step SW11, it is determined whether or not the input key 154M or 155M serving as the second selection means for selecting the combined cooking mode KM2 has been operated.

When the input key 154M or 155M is operated, reception of cooking condition data (recipe data) for the composite cooking mode KM2 is permitted, and cooking condition data is received from the outside via the communication unit 51. The cooking condition data is then stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42. Then, the process proceeds to the next step SW12.

In step SW11, a determination is made as to whether specific permission condition 3 is met even in combined cooking mode KM2. For example, if heat from the most recently used high-temperature cooking remains and the temperature in heating chamber 6 is high (e.g., 90°C or higher), the control menu for automatically controlling microwave cooking at the temperature detected by the temperature sensor ("Warm" described in FIG. 13) cannot be executed, and the determination result is "No."

At step SW12, the display of the common screen 16MH is stopped, and instead the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed.
If it is determined in step SW11 that neither of the input keys 154M nor 155M is operated, the process returns to the previous step SW9.

As can be seen from FIG. 54, the period from the next step after door 6 is opened (step SW6) to step SW10 or step SW12 is the "acquisition period", during which cooking condition data can be acquired and operation upon receiving the remote control command RS is possible.

Next, we will explain Figure 55.
FIG. 55 shows a continuation of the operational steps of FIG.
In step SW10, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed. Also, a voice guide is given to make an input through the input operation unit 15 in order to carry out the collaborative cooking mode KM3.

Then, in the next step SW13, it is determined whether or not the input key 151M has been operated. If the determination here is "Yes", the process proceeds to the next step SW14, where the cooking process is started with the heat source corresponding to the linked cooking menu. Note that the cooking process here may be either cooking process 1 and cooking process 2, or cooking process 3 and onward.

In step SW15, it is determined whether all cooking steps (including preheating and extension steps) have been completed. If the cooking steps have been completed, the process proceeds to step SW22.

Step SW22 is almost the same as step SW4. However, since this is immediately after one cooking session, it is highly likely that the heating chamber 6 and top plate 3 are at a high temperature. Therefore, in step SW22, information regarding the presence of a high temperature area is displayed on the common screen (initial standby screen) 16MH.

On the other hand, in step SW12, the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed. Also, audio guidance is given to prompt the user to input using the input operation unit 15 in order to perform the composite cooking mode KM2.

Then, in the next step SW16, it is determined whether or not the input key 151M has been operated. If the determination here is "Yes", the process proceeds to the next step SW17, where the cooking process is started with the heat source corresponding to the composite cooking menu. Note that the cooking process referred to here may be either the case of cooking process 1 and cooking process 2, or the case including cooking process 3 and above.

In step SW18, it is determined whether all cooking steps (including preheating and extension steps) have been completed. If the cooking steps have been completed, the process proceeds to step SW22 described above.

Next, steps SW8 and after will be described.
In step SW8, the third specific screen 16M3 is displayed. Also, a voice guide is given to make an input through the input operation unit 15 in order to perform the single cooking mode KM1.

Then, in the next step SW19, it is determined whether the input key 153R on the right side operation unit 15R of the right heating port 4R has been operated. Alternatively, it is determined whether the input key 153L of the left heating port 4L has been operated. If the determination here is "Yes", it proceeds to the next step SW20, and the cooking process of the single cooking menu using the first heating means HM1 is started. Note that the cooking process referred to here is cooking process 1 (including the preheating process).

In step SW21, it is determined whether all cooking steps (including preheating and extension steps) have been completed. If the cooking steps have been completed, the process proceeds to step SW22 described above.

As can be seen from FIG. 55, the periods of steps SW10 to SW15, steps SW12 to SW18, and steps SW8 to SW21 are all "periods in which remote control is not supported." In other words, these "periods in which remote control is not supported" continue until the end of the cooking process (steps SW15, SW18, SW21). In other words, the control device 40 performs an operation to prohibit remote control from outside.

At the stages of steps SW15, SW18, and SW21, the control device 40 cancels the "remote operation not supported" process. Therefore, if a new heating cooking (e.g., induction heating only cooking mode) is started after step SW15 or SW18, the maximum power consumption value may be suppressed (peak cut command) during the cooking process due to an external remote operation command RS.

In the above description, the "remote control non-compatible" period is until all cooking steps in the coordinated cooking mode KM3, the combined cooking mode KM2, and the single cooking mode KM1 are completed (steps SW15, SW18, SW21).
However, this may be changed.
For example, when cooking process 1 (including the preheating process) is performed using the right heating port 4R, if the target of the remote control command RS from the outside is specified to the right heating port 4R, the "remote control not supported" process may be cancelled at the end of cooking process 1. This also applies to the left heating port 4L.

However, in the case of the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 that share the common heating chamber 6, when the "remote control not supported" processing is cancelled for only one of them, this may adversely affect the heating effect of the other heating means.

Summary of embodiment 4.
As described above, the cooking device 1 disclosed in the fourth embodiment is similar to the cooking device 1 in the second embodiment.

In this fourth embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the first disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is,
A first heating means HM1 (induction heating source) that heats an object to be heated using a plurality of heating ports 4L, 4R that are horizontally spaced apart from each other;
A second heating means HM2 for cooking in a heating chamber 6 located separately from the heating port;
a third heating means HM3 for heating the heating chamber 6 by a heating principle different from that of the second heating means HM2;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
a control device 40 that receives commands from the input operation unit 15;
The input operation unit 15 includes a first mode selection unit (an input key 153M for selecting the linked cooking mode KM3) and a second mode selection unit (input keys 154M and 155M for selecting the composite cooking mode KM2),
The first mode selection unit 153M selects an integrated cooking mode KM3 in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are driven in a specified order.
The second mode selection units 154M and 155 are
(1) A plurality of control menus (e.g., range grill cooking) belonging to a composite cooking mode in which the second heating means and the third heating means are automatically combined and used in combination;
(2) A plurality of control menus (e.g., range manual) belonging to a single cooking mode KM1 using either one of the second heating means and the third heating means;
It also serves as a means to select only one of the following:
The control device 40 has a function of executing the cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 based on cooking condition data 1 and a function of executing the cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3 based on cooking condition data 2 acquired from an external source,
The acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 is restricted by the restriction unit 55 during a waiting period (preparation period P1) before cooking in the collaborative cooking mode KM3 is selected in accordance with input from the input operation unit 15 (the first mode selection unit 153M).

In other words, the limiting unit 55 limits the period during which cooking condition data 2 is acquired from outside to within the range of the preparation period P1.

Furthermore, in this embodiment 4, as a characteristic feature of the cooking device 1 related to the second disclosure, the restriction unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking condition data 2 once acquired is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

With this configuration, the coordinated cooking operation based on cooking condition data 1 stored on the cooking device 1 side and the coordinated cooking operation based on cooking condition data 2 acquired from an external source do not interfere with each other, which is expected to prevent user confusion and improve usability.

In addition, the input key 153M that allows the start of receiving cooking condition data 2 from the communication terminal device 200 also serves as the key for selecting the linked cooking mode, which eliminates the need to increase the number of input keys installed on the input operation unit 15, and is expected to have the secondary effect of not impairing user operability.

The first specific screen 16M1 will not be displayed unless the prerequisites for starting the coordinated cooking mode KM3 (permission conditions 1 and 2) are met. Therefore, after the user sets (selects) various conditions for the coordinated cooking mode KM3 (e.g., heat level, target temperature, heating time, etc.), it will not be determined that permission condition 1 or permission condition 2 is not met, and the step will not be forcibly returned to the first standby initial screen 16MH (step SU1 in FIG. 53). Therefore, the user will not be forced to perform unnecessary input operations.

The second specific screen 16M2 will not be displayed unless the prerequisite (permission condition 3) for starting the composite cooking mode KM2 is met (see steps SW11 and SW12). Therefore, after the user sets (selects) various conditions for the composite cooking mode KM2 (e.g., microwave output value, target temperature, heating time, etc.), it will not be determined that permission condition 3 is not met, and the steps will not be forcibly returned to the first standby initial screen 16MH (step SU1 in FIG. 53). Therefore, the user will not be forced to perform unnecessary input operations.

In this fourth embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the fourth disclosure is disclosed in the following configuration.
That is,
A cooking system including a cooking device 1 having a plurality of heating means HM1 to HM3 with different heating capacities or heating principles and a function of a linked cooking mode KM3 in which food is heated sequentially by the heating means at least in two locations, and a communication terminal 200 for communicating with the cooking device 1,
The cooking device 1 has cooking condition data (recipe data) 1 for executing the cooking operation of the cooperative cooking mode KM3,
The communication terminal device 200 includes a cooking device database 217 that generates or holds cooking condition data 2 for performing the cooking operation of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and a cooking condition data transmission unit (communication unit 210) that transmits the cooking condition data 2 to the cooking device.
The cooking appliance 1 includes a storage unit 42 that stores the cooking condition data 1 and the cooking condition data 2 received from the communication terminal device 200 in association with identification information, a heating control unit 43 that reads out the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 from the storage unit 42 in response to a user's operation to select the cooperative cooking mode KM3 or the identification information 167, and uses the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 for cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, and a restriction unit 55 that restricts acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 during a preparation period (input prohibition period TC; see FIG. 53 ) before starting cooking in the cooperative cooking mode KM3,
The restricting unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data 2 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode and the control menu for the single cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

In this fourth embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the sixth disclosure is disclosed to have the following configuration.
That is,
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated in an upper portion of the main body 2;
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food to be cooked contained in the heating chamber 6 arranged inside the main body 2;
a third heating means HM3 for heating the heating chamber 6 by a heating principle different from that of the second heating means HM2;
An input operation unit 15;
A communication unit 51 for wirelessly communicating with the outside;
A display unit 16;
A control device 40 that controls the first, second, and third heating means HM1, HM2, and HM3, respectively;
The control device 40 has a function of performing a cooperative cooking mode KM3, a composite cooking mode KM2, and a single cooking mode KM1,
After the main power is turned on by the input operation unit 15, the control device 40
(1) Displaying the standby initial screen (common screen) 16MH on the display unit 16,
(2) When the user operates the input key 153M, 154M, or 155M for selecting either the linked cooking mode KM3 or the composite cooking mode KM2, the cooking condition data for either the linked cooking mode KM3 or the composite cooking mode KM2, whichever is operated first, is acquired;
(3) In response to the operation of the selection input keys 153M, 154M, and 155M, the display of the initial screen (common screen) 16MH is switched to display only one of the first specific screen 16M1 and the second specific screen 2;
(4) While the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed, a standby state is maintained to receive a cooking start command from the input operation unit 15,
(5) During the standby state (preparation period P1), acquisition of cooking condition data from the communication unit 51 is restricted (not permitted) for both the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2.

This prevents the user from accidentally receiving a different cooking menu (a control menu for the composite cooking mode) while cooking in the linked cooking mode or composite cooking mode, preventing user confusion or operational errors and improving operability.

Furthermore, during the standby state period (preparation period P1), the communication unit 51 is configured to perform at least one of the following processes: transmit a specific signal indicating that operation will not be performed in response to a remote control signal, or, even if a remote control signal is received, initiate processing that is not compatible with remote control and ignores the command of the remote control signal. This means that cooking can be continued without worry, without being affected by remote control signals from outside.

Furthermore, as explained in FIG. 55, in response to the operation of the (cooking mode) selection input keys 153M, 154M, 155M, the control program of the control device 40 provides a "remote operation command non-compliant period" during which operations according to the "remote operation command" RS are not accepted from the point in time when the display of the initial screen (common screen) 16MH is switched to either the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 2.

For this reason, for example, while user A is checking the control conditions (heating temperature, heat, etc.) included in the received data for one cooking menu, a remote control command RS sent by another user B, who is outside, via the communication terminal device 200 can be used to prevent the display contents of either the first specific screen 16M1 or the second specific screen 2 from being changed or erased at a timing not intended by user A, which is expected to prevent user confusion and improve usability.

Embodiment 5.
Fig. 56 is a control block diagram showing the main functions of the cooking device 1 according to the fifth embodiment. Fig. 57 is a flow chart showing the operation of acquiring cooking condition data related to the composite cooking mode in the cooking device 1 of Fig. 56. Fig. 58 is a diagram explaining the contents of the initial standby screen of the central display unit at the time of start-up in the cooking device shown in Fig. 56. Fig. 59 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system using the cooking device shown in Fig. 56. Note that parts that are the same as or equivalent to the configurations of the respective embodiments explained in Figs. 1 to 55 are given the same reference numerals.

In this embodiment 5, the configuration of the control device 40 of the cooking device 1 shown in embodiment 1 is modified to restrict the acquisition of cooking condition data from outside even in the combined cooking mode KM2.

Referring to Figure 56 .
Fig. 56 is a control block diagram showing main functions of the cooking device 1 according to embodiment 5. The configuration of Fig. 56 is partially different from the configuration shown in Fig. 11 of embodiment 1.
That is, the control device 40 has a permission condition determination unit 54 .

The permission condition determination unit 54 performs the process of determining whether to permit cooking in the collaborative cooking mode KM3, as described in the first embodiment.

Furthermore, in this embodiment 5, the permission condition determination unit 54 performs a process of determining whether to permit cooking in the combined cooking mode KM2 using the heating chamber 6. This is a difference from embodiment 1.

After the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed, the permission condition determination unit 54 checks the latest temperature of the heating chamber 6 using the temperature sensor group 30. If the temperature exceeds 80°C, it determines that "permission condition 3 is not met."

Next, in Figure 57, steps ST1 to ST3 are the same as those described in Figure 22, so duplicate explanations will be omitted.

Between the time when the main power switch 20 is turned "ON" and the stage of step ST2 or step ST3, the control device 40 switches the input function of the relevant input key (e.g., 153M, 154M) of the input operation unit 15 from "disabled" to "enabled" so that the heating cooking mode can be selected.

In step ST4, the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed on the central display unit 16M, and usage precautions for the user are also displayed. A specific display screen is shown in FIG. 58. In this step ST4 stage, there is no display (and no notification is given by the audio notification unit 50) that cooking condition data (recipe data) can be obtained from outside.

In the next step ST11, the permission condition determination unit 54 checks whether the "permission condition" is met. If the measurement data from the temperature sensor group 30 indicates that the heating chamber 6 is still hot from the previous use, for example, exceeding 100°C, it is determined that "permission condition 3 is not met."

If permission condition 3 is met, in the next step ST12, the display content of the initial standby screen 16MH is partially changed to display that cooking condition data can be obtained from an external site. An example of this is explained in the next Figure 58.

After step ST12, the input control unit 15 checks whether any of the various input keys have been operated. For example, if input key 153M has not been pressed and input key 154M or 155M has been pressed, this means that "combined cooking mode" KM2 has been selected, and the display screen is switched to the second specific screen 16M2.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step ST12 that permission condition 3 is not met, the process proceeds to step ST13. In step ST13, a message is displayed indicating that the combined cooking mode KM2 using the heating chamber 6 cannot be used, and the process returns to step ST4.

Next, we will explain Figure 58.
FIG. 58 shows the display contents of the central display section 16M corresponding to each operation step explained in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 58, when the main power switch 20 is turned off, the central display unit 16M is not activated and does not display any information.
When the main power switch 20 is turned on, the control device 40 performs a self-diagnosis to check for abnormalities, etc., as described above, and then displays the display screen 1 of FIG. 58 on the central display unit 16M.

In the display screen 1 of FIG. 58, 60A is a display message notifying that the power is on.
After the display screen 1 is displayed, the display screen 2A or 2B may be automatically displayed.
Furthermore, after the display screen 2A or 2B is displayed, the display screen 2C may be automatically displayed.

While the display screens 1 to 2C are displayed, the permission condition determination unit 54 determines whether permission condition 3 is satisfied.

If it is determined that permission condition 3 is satisfied and the process proceeds to step ST12, the display screen 1 changes to display screen 2D in FIG. 58. That is, two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code) 60B is displayed to guide the user to a recipe information providing server 301, which is a dedicated recipe posting site, via an external network 201. 60C is an explanatory text of the two-dimensional information.

The display screen 2D will remain on until the user selects a cooking mode, but for safety reasons, the main power switch 20 will automatically turn "OFF" after, for example, 30 minutes have passed since it was first displayed.

The five display screens shown in FIG. 58, display screen 1 and display screens 2A to 2D, are referred to as the "common screen" or "initial standby screen" 16MH.

On display screen 2B, 60E is a caution display that warns that the inside of heating chamber 6 is at a high temperature and to avoid careless contact. If control device 40 detects that heating chamber 6 has not yet cooled sufficiently after oven cooking has been performed in heating chamber 6, the state of display screen 2B is automatically switched to. This detection may be made using the judgment result of permission condition judgment unit 54 described above.

When the two-dimensional code 60B is optically read by the communication terminal device 200, it is possible to connect to the recipe information providing server 301 that holds information on various cooking recipes. The two-dimensional code 60B, the two-dimensional information description 60C, and the display text 60A are a type of "common information during standby" 60N.

If it is determined in step ST11 (FIG. 57) that "permission condition 3 is not met," notification information 60K of the determination result is displayed on the display screen 2C. In the example of FIG. 58, the notification information 60K indicates that "the device cannot be used until the heating chamber cools down." In other words, the user is notified in advance at this standby initial screen 16MH stage that the combined cooking mode KM2 cannot be used.

Next, the operation of the limiting unit 55 shown in FIG. 56 will be described.
As described in the second embodiment with reference to Figs. 32 and 33, when cooking condition data is received via communication unit 51, it is necessary to press input keys 153M and 154M on input operation unit 15 on the cooking appliance 1 side.

When the user presses either input key 154M or 155M while the initial standby screen 16MH is displayed, the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected.

At this stage, the restriction unit 55 of the cooking appliance 1 is in a state where it does not restrict the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring cooking condition data via the communication unit 51. Therefore, from the point when either the input key 154M or 155M is pressed, cooking condition data from the outside can be acquired by the cooking appliance 1.

As described in the first to fourth embodiments, from the time when the input key 153M is pressed for the first time, cooking condition data (for the cooperative cooking mode KM3) from the outside can also be acquired by the cooking appliance 1.

As explained in FIG. 39 of the second embodiment, a specific linked cooking menu obtained from outside cannot be changed to another linked cooking menu. However, if it is not desired to erase the cooking condition data once obtained, it may be possible to temporarily save the data in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 by pressing the input key 152M. In this case, before the save command, a display screen different from the standby initial screen 16MH may be displayed and some additional information may be added and saved, which will make it easier to search for later use.

Such temporary storage is possible not only for specific linked cooking menus obtained from outside, but also for cooking condition data related to composite cooking menus obtained via the communication unit 51. This is one of the features of this fifth embodiment.

Next, we will explain Figure 59. This Figure 59 is a configuration diagram of a heating and cooking system that uses a heating cooker 1. The configuration of this Figure 59 differs in part from the configuration shown in Figures 1 to 3 of embodiment 1.

In FIG. 59, 200A is a communication terminal (portable terminal) such as a smartphone, which is different from the communication terminal 200 carried by the user of the cooking appliance 1 and is used by a family member living with the user.

800 is a refrigerator equipped with a freezer. Multiple freezer compartments (not shown) are arranged so that a freezer compartment with a suitable freezing temperature (temperature range) for frozen foods (including processed foods) and fresh ingredients (meat, fish, etc.) can be selected, for example, -18°C±2°C, -10°C, -2°C, etc.

The refrigerator 800 has a function for performing two-way wireless communication 401 with the communication terminal device 200. The communication terminal device 200 can obtain inventory information from the refrigerator. The type (range) of this inventory information can be, for example, limited to only frozen foods, or limited to only food ingredients that can be heated by a microwave heating source (second heating means HM2). The range of such inventory information can be freely set by the user using the function setting key 151KP (not shown) described in embodiment 1.

Various methods have been proposed, such as manually inputting data such as the name and attributes of food when putting food into refrigerator 800, or automatically reading information about food, etc. optically or magnetically and storing inventory information.
In the fifth embodiment, since there are no restrictions on identifying the food when it is placed in refrigerator 800 or after it has been placed therein, either method may be used.

The refrigerator 800 transmits the collected inventory information SD1 to the communication terminal 200 in response to a request from the communication terminal 200. Also, if there is a request for the inventory information from the cooking appliance 1 via the cloud server 300, the refrigerator 800 transmits the latest inventory information (food holding data) SD1 in response.

The inventory information (inventory data) SD1 may be, for example, information that identifies the type of food (e.g., meat, vegetables, etc.) and the amount. In the case of frozen foods, it may be information that identifies the name of the food (e.g., "rice" or "gyoza") and the amount (one portion, 200g, etc.).

In FIG. 59, the refrigerator 800 is shown performing wireless communication 401 only with the communication terminal device 200, but it may also be connected to the cloud server 300 via a network 201 capable of two-way communication via an access point such as a wireless router 340 (not shown) or information processing device (such as a home gateway) (not shown) installed in the kitchen 601 (not shown) where the refrigerator 800 is located or in the house.

If the refrigerator 800 has established a wireless communication network 206 with the cloud server 300, the inventory information SD1 can be provided to the cloud server 300 without passing through the communication terminals 200 and 200A. In this case, a relay device such as a wireless router 340 may be used.

In this embodiment 5, when the cooking device 1 finishes cooking, the cooking execution data CD9 is automatically transmitted via the network 205 immediately afterwards.

Here, the "cooking execution data" CD9 refers to at least one of the following pieces of information:
(1) Identification information 167 that can identify the food to be cooked. For example, the name of the food to be cooked (including abbreviations), such as "fried chicken" or "stir-fried vegetables."
(2) Information regarding the weight or volume of the food to be cooked; (3) Information indicating the control conditions for cooking process 1 and cooking process 2 (e.g., microwave output of 500 W, heat of 1500 W during induction heating, or "medium heat"); (4) Information indicating the time required from cooking process 1 to the end of cooking process 2; (5) Information indicating the end time of cooking process 2 (or the final cooking process); (6) Information indicating the time required from the start of the preheating process to the end of all cooking processes 2; (7) Information identifying the heating source that performed the heating/cooking operation (e.g., left IH coil 9L); (8) Information regarding restrictions the user will be subject to during the next heating/cooking operation (e.g., that microwave (automatic) heating cannot be performed because the heating chamber 6 is too hot).
(9) Information related to the safety of the user, such as the current temperature of the heating chamber 6

The "(2) information on the weight or volume of the food to be cooked" is, for example, information such as "fried chicken: 300 g." This can be estimated by the control device 40 from the rate of temperature rise of the food to be cooked (fried chicken) in cooking step 1.

The “cooking execution data” CD9 can be useful information for the refrigerator 800.
For example, among the "cooking implementation data,""(4) information indicating the time required to complete cooking step 2,""(5) information indicating the completion time," and "(6) information indicating the time required to complete all cooking steps 2" can be used by a "schedule management unit" (not shown) prepared in the cloud server 300. By accumulating this data, it becomes possible to estimate the periods when cooking is concentrated in each household.

Furthermore, the "cooking execution data" can be used by the schedule management unit (not shown) to estimate periods of time when cooking is concentrated, and from those periods of time, it becomes possible to predict when food (such as a portion of a heated food) will be stored in the refrigerator 800. In other words, it can be used to control the timing of changes to the freezing and refrigeration capacity of the refrigerator 800 and changes to the settings.

The “cooking execution data” including the cooking condition data CD7 is automatically transmitted to a “family shared information section” (not shown) prepared in the cloud server 300.
On the other hand, the family shared information unit (not shown) automatically transmits information on the completion of cooking and its outline (at least identification information 167 that identifies the cooking) at any time, even without individual requests (inquiries) from the communication terminal devices 200 and 200A.

The cooking system described above is expected to enable users and their families to make effective use of the cooking device 1 and improve convenience.

Summary of embodiment 5.
As is clear from the above description, the cooking device disclosed in this embodiment 5 has the following features.
That is,
A first heating means HM1 (induction heating source 9) that heats an object to be heated by a plurality of heating parts (heating ports 4L, 4M, 4R) set on a top plate 3;
A second heating means HM2 for heating and cooking the food in a heating chamber 6 located separately from the heating unit;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 for receiving cooking condition data from an external device;
A display unit 16 that displays cooking information;
a control device 40 that receives commands from the input operation unit 15;
The input operation unit 15 has input keys 154M and 155M for selecting a combined cooking mode KM2 in which a heating operation in which the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2 are combined is automatically performed,
The control device 40 has a function of executing the cooking of the composite cooking mode KM2 based on cooking condition data acquired from an external source (cloud server 300, communication terminal device 200) via the communication unit 51,
The present invention discloses a heating cooker 1 characterized in that acquisition of the cooking condition data is permitted when the input keys 154M, 155M are operated at a timing when the input function of the input keys 154M, 155M is enabled and a specific display (initial screen 16MH during standby) is displayed on the display unit 16.

With this configuration, the composite cooking operation based on cooking condition data 1 stored on the cooking device 1 side and the composite cooking operation based on cooking condition data 2 acquired from an external source do not interfere with each other, which is expected to prevent user confusion and improve usability.

In addition, the cooking execution data (cooking data) CD9 can be immediately accessed by the user and other family members via the communication terminals 200 and 200A, improving convenience by, for example, allowing them to know the state of cooking even in a location away from the kitchen 601 (not shown). Furthermore, the cooking execution data CD9 can also be used in the refrigerator 800 to efficiently manage its operation, and by utilizing the data, the convenience of electrical appliances (refrigerator 800, cooking appliance 1, etc.) in the kitchen 601 (not shown) can be improved.

Furthermore, in this embodiment 5, the heating cooker 1 is configured to include a heating control unit 43, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 in order to perform heating cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 and the composite cooking mode KM2 for a specific food to be cooked, and a restriction unit 55 that restricts the data acquisition unit 53 from acquiring the cooking condition data 2 via the communication unit 51 during a waiting period P1 (before "cooking step 1") before starting cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 and the composite cooking mode KM2.

With this configuration, the restriction unit 55 makes it possible to acquire a wide variety of cooking condition data 2 from the outside, ranging from the cooperative cooking mode KM3 to the composite cooking mode KM2, and also restricts the timing of such acquisition.

Further, a cooking device 1 according to the first disclosure is disclosed.
In other words, the restriction unit 55 is configured to restrict the acquisition of new cooking condition data B from the communication unit 51 until the cooking process of the cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed.

This prevents another cooking menu (including a control menu for the composite cooking mode) from being inadvertently received during coordinated cooking, and enables the cooking menu of the cooking condition data 2 to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being hindered or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Furthermore, in this embodiment 5, the heat cooking system according to the fifth disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is,
A cooking device 1 including a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated with a heating section (heating ports 4L, 4R) set on a top plate 3, and a second heating means HM2 for cooking the object to be cooked in a heating chamber 6 located at a different location from the heating section;
A communication terminal 200 for communicating with the cooking appliance 1;
A cooking system comprising:
The cooking device 1 has a cooking menu (for example, a linked cooking menu) corresponding to a specific food to be cooked,
The cooking device 1 has a function of storing cooking condition data 1 for executing the cooking menu,
The communication terminal device 200 has a function of providing the cooking condition data CD5 to the cooking appliance 1 and a function of acquiring cooking execution data CD9 of the cooking menu from the cooking appliance 1,
The cooking device 1 includes a limiting unit 55 that determines a timing for receiving the cooking condition data CD5 from the communication terminal 200,
The heating cooker 1 is characterized in that it permits acquisition of the cooking condition data CD5 after a specific cooking menu is selected, and restricts acquisition of new cooking condition data until the cooking process related to the acquired cooking condition data is completed.

The input operation unit of the cooking device 1 has a function 1 for selecting one of a plurality of cooking modes (a coordinated cooking mode KM3 and a composite cooking mode KM2), a function 2 for selecting a specific cooking menu (e.g., “hamburger steak”), a function 3 for starting the cooking process (input key 151M), and a function 4 for canceling the cooking mode or cooking menu selected by function 1 or function 2 (input key 152M),
A cooking system has been disclosed in which, if the cooking mode or the cooking menu is canceled by function 4 before the start of the cooking process, the cooking appliance 1 does not restrict the acquisition of the cooking condition data thereafter.

This prevents the inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including a control menu for a composite cooking mode) before or after the start of the cooking process, and allows the cooking menu of the cooking condition data CD5 and CD6 to be stably executed.

Furthermore, the communication terminal device 200 can acquire cooking execution data CD9 from the cooking appliance 1, so that the status of the cooking appliance 1 can be grasped from a remote location, and the details of the cooking that was performed can also be known, which is convenient.

Embodiment 6.
FIG. 60 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to the sixth embodiment. FIG. 61 is a block diagram showing the main control function parts of the cooking device 1 used in FIG. 60. FIG. 62 is an enlarged plan view showing a central operation unit. FIG. 63 is an explanatory diagram 1 showing information exchange between the cooking device and the outside (first server) in a time series. FIG. 64 is an explanatory diagram 2 showing information exchange between the cooking device and the outside (first server) in a time series. FIG. 65 is an explanatory diagram 3 showing information exchange between the cooking device and the outside (first server) in a time series. FIG. 66 is an explanatory diagram 4 showing information exchange between the cooking device and the outside (first server) in a time series. FIG. 67 is a flow chart for explaining the entire control operation before the cooking operation of the cooking device starts. FIG. 68 is a time chart showing an example of the operation of the cooking device. FIG. 69 is a time chart for explaining the entire cooking condition data (recipe data) obtainable section and the control operation in the cooking device. Fig. 70 is a flow chart explaining the operation of the first server used in the cooking system shown in Fig. 60. Note that parts that are the same as or correspond to the configurations of the respective embodiments explained in Figs. 1 to 59 are given the same reference numerals.

In this sixth embodiment, the configuration of the cloud server 300 shown in the first embodiment is changed. In addition, the configurations of the input operation unit 15 and the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1 are changed.

In FIG. 60, a refrigerator 800 and a cooking appliance 1 are installed inside a kitchen 601, and the refrigerator 800 and the cooking appliance 1 can transmit and receive information to and from the wireless router 340 via wireless communication.

The wireless router 340 also serves as an access point for the network 201, such as the Internet. The wireless router 340 can access the first server 321 in an external space.
In this sixth embodiment, the cloud server 300 described in the first embodiment includes a first server 321 , a second server 322 , and a recipe information providing server 301 .

The cooking device 1 can acquire at least cooking condition data CD through wireless communication 400 with the information processing terminal device (smartphone) 200. This cooking condition data CD includes not only cooking control data for executing the cooking menu of the linked cooking mode KM3, but also cooking control data for the combined cooking mode KM2.

In this embodiment 6, the information processing terminal 200 is called a "communication terminal" because it can directly communicate with the wireless router 340 for the cooking appliance 1. In the embodiment 2, the communication terminal 200 had the cooking appliance database 217 and the notification data 223 from the beginning, but in this embodiment 6, the notification data 223 and the remote control data 224 are acquired by connecting to the first server 321, which is an information providing means, via the network 201 (202) and downloading them from the first server 321.

The communication terminal device 200 can transmit cooking condition data CD and remote operation commands (information) RS, such as commands to perform cooking operations, to the cooking appliance 1.

As explained in the second embodiment, the communication terminal 200 has a voice input unit 222 (not shown) that converts voice into a predetermined voice input signal VS.
Therefore, when the user speaks into the communication terminal 200, a voice input signal VS can be transmitted to the second server 322. In other words, necessary input operations can be performed without touching the touch-type operation unit.

When the cooking appliance 1 is activated, the user can provide speech information to the communication terminal device 200 by voice, and can, for example, extract desired cooking condition data from the recipe information providing server 301 and provide it to the cooking appliance 1.

For example, since the party receiving the voice input signal VS is the second server 322, the speech information may include, for example, "XXX (an example of a name or nickname that identifies the second server), looking for a recipe for collaborative cooking."

The spoken information "XXX, look for a recipe" is one type of external command information that can be applied to the cooking appliance 1.

Furthermore, the speech information "XXX, looking for a recipe for collaborative cooking" is information that specifies the cooking mode for the cooking device 1.

Furthermore, the speech information "Looking for a recipe for XXX that can be done in the microwave and induction" is speech information that extracts cooking menus that are possible in the collaborative cooking mode KM3.

This speech information can be converted into standard commands prepared in advance in the second server 322.

The speech information uttered by the user to the communication terminal device 200 is converted into text data in the communication terminal device 200, and the text data of the speech information (voice signal VS) is transmitted to the second server 322.

The control unit 322C of the second server 322 receives the text data (audio signal VS) via the input/output unit 322A and determines whether it can be converted into a standard command stored in the memory unit 322R.

The control unit 322C converts the text data of the speech information (audio signal VS) into various commands prepared as standard commands. The "commands" here include instructions to extract recipe data (cooking condition data CD) for performing one cooking from the recipe database (cooking condition database) stored in the recipe information providing server 301. The input/output unit 322A is, for example, an API gateway.

The first server 321 and the second server 322 are connected via a network 205 such as the Internet.
An inquiry signal (inquiry data) SN is transmitted from the input/output unit 322A of the second server 322 to the first server 321. This inquiry signal SN is, for example, a command requesting that the cooking condition data CD be extracted from the recipe information providing server 301. It is also a command signal generated by an input operation of the communication terminal device 200 when a user wishes to know various data on the operating state of the cooking appliance 1 (for example, the contents and progress of the cooking process). In other words, these data are operation support data GS for the user.

In addition, since the second server 322 does not require special control or processing specific to the cooking appliance 1, it is possible to use existing servers, such as servers of various systems such as AI assistants, intelligent assistants, and smart speakers.

The first server 321 shown in FIG. 60 is operated by the company (manufacturer) that produced the cooking appliance 1, and has a thorough understanding of the special controls and processes that are unique to the cooking appliance 1, and is therefore able to accurately grasp the operating status of the cooking appliance 1 (including both heating and non-heating operations).

The first server 321 transmits various "operational state data" from the cooking device 1 as described later.
The above information is acquired as needed via the wireless router 340.

As shown in Figures 62 to 65, the operating status data OS includes data indicating the ON/OFF state of the main power switch 20, selection data for the combined cooking mode KM3, data on control conditions such as heating temperature and heating time, and the latest temperature measurement data for the top plate 3 and heating chamber 6.

The recipe information providing server 301 is capable of transmitting and receiving information via wireless communication with the first server 321. Note that a system control server that serves as a control means for linking the recipe information providing server 301 and the first server 321 is not shown.

The recipe information providing server 301 may be incorporated and integrated into the first server 321.

The first server 321 is configured so that each cooking appliance 1 is preregistered, and the operating status data OS transmitted from each cooking appliance 1 is acquired in association with the user of the cooking appliance 1.

The first server 321 has an input/output unit 321 for individually performing wireless communication with the wireless router 340 and the second server 322. This input/output unit 321A is, for example, an API gateway. This input/output unit 321 receives recipe data from the recipe information providing server 301.

The first server 321 has a control unit 321C. The control unit 321C decodes an inquiry signal (command) SN from the second server 321, generates necessary control information in response to the inquiry signal SN, and transmits it to the second server 322.
In addition, the operating status data OS transmitted from a large number of heating cookers 1 and a user ID (identification information) that identifies the user of each heating cooker 1 are analyzed, and the heating cooker 1 of each user is identified from the information in the user identification database of the memory unit 321R.

Furthermore, the first server 321 also has a function of controlling the timing of providing recipe data for a specific cooking menu obtained from the recipe information providing server 301 to the second server 322. This will be explained in detail later.

Next, we will explain Figure 61.
As shown in FIG. 61, the input operation unit 15 has a voice signal receiving unit 56 that receives voice uttered by the user through a microphone (not shown) and converts it into a predetermined voice signal.

On the other hand, the control device 40 is provided with an audio signal analysis unit 58 that receives an audio signal from the audio signal receiving unit 56 and analyzes the content of the audio. The audio signal analysis unit 58 compares the content of the audio received by the audio signal receiving unit 56 with the information in the audio database in the storage device 41, analyzes the content of the audio, and transmits the analysis result to the heating control unit 43.

In FIG. 61, 59 is a human detection sensor. It also has a receiving section (not shown) that emits ultrasonic waves or infrared rays forward of the cooking appliance 1 and receives the reflected input. This human detection sensor 59 is installed so that it emits infrared rays in the front (forward) direction of the heating chamber 6. Note that there is no dedicated circuit for processing the signal received by the receiving section, and the control device 40 analyzes the received signal to determine whether or not a person is present.

Next, we will explain Figure 62.
62, an input key 180 for selecting a voice input is arranged in a central operation section 15M of the input operation section 15. This input key 180 may be a mechanical switch, or may be an input key of a touch-type input switch like the input keys 153M to 159M.

When the input key 180 is pressed, the "voice input mode" is activated from that moment, and when a voice signal is received from the voice signal receiving unit 56, the voice signal analyzing unit 58 analyzes the contents of the voice one by one and outputs the analysis results to the heating control unit 43.

The individual light-emitting unit 21 behind the input key 180 emits light when the input function of the input key 180 is active, and continues to emit light until the input function is inactive.

In this embodiment 6, since there are only two heating ports 4L and 4R on the top plate 3, the high temperature warning light emitting element (LED) group is composed of three parts as follows:

It is composed of an IH warning light-emitting element (LED) 314L on the left side, a heating chamber high temperature warning light-emitting element (LED) 314M, and an IH high temperature warning light-emitting element (LED) 314R on the right side.

In the central operation section 15M, adjacent to the left of the input key 153M, an input key 151KP for setting functions is located.

Next, a communication form between the cooking appliance 1 according to the sixth embodiment and the outside will be described.
FIG. 63 is an explanatory diagram showing, in chronological order, the exchange of information between the cooking appliance 1 and the external cloud server 300 (first server 321, second server 322).

The cooking device 1 of the sixth embodiment has a configuration as described below.
That is, it has a first heating means HM1 that inductively heats an object to be heated on the top plate 3, a heating chamber 6, a second heating means HM2 that supplies microwaves to the heating chamber 6, a third heating means HM3 that heats the heating chamber 6 with radiant heat, an audio notification unit 50, a communication unit 51, a display unit 16, and a control device 40.

,
The control device 40 is
After displaying the initial standby screen 16MH,
(1) IH only mode in which the first heating means HM1 is operated alone. (2) Range only cooking mode in which the second heating means HM2 is operated alone. (3) Oven only cooking mode in which the third heating means HM3 is operated alone. (4) Combined cooking mode KM2 in which both the second heating means HM2 and the third heating means HM3 are operated for heating simultaneously or automatically at different operating times to perform cooking in the heating chamber 6.
(5) An integrated cooking mode KM3 in which the second heating means HM2 and/or the third heating means HM3 and the first heating means HM1 are operated sequentially after a transition period TR whose length is determined by a command from a user.
The operating program includes:
The cooperative cooking mode KM3 includes a cooking process 1 performed before the transition period TR using the heating chamber 6, and a cooking process 2 performed above the top plate 3 after the transition period TR,
The control device 40 has a function of receiving cooking condition data CD for performing heat cooking from a first server 321 and transmitting a plurality of pieces of operating state information SK1 to SK16 to the first server 321 wirelessly (through a network 205);
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes (such as a coordinated cooking mode KM3, a composite cooking mode, and a single cooking mode) using the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data CD via the communication unit 51 for a specific food to be cooked, and a limiting unit 55 that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data CD by the data acquisition unit 53.
The control device 40 is configured such that, when the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data CD and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is confirmed, information (reception restriction data SK1B) for restricting the operation of acquiring further cooking condition data CD from outside is transmitted as one piece of the operating state information.

The details of the configuration will be described below.
First, we will explain Figure 63.
In this sixth embodiment, the cooking appliance 1 is connected to the Internet (network) 205 via a wireless router 340. The first server 321, the second server 322, etc. are connected to the network 205 as described in Fig. 60 .

In FIG. 63, steps SK1 to SK11 show the main operations of the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1. In the following explanation, steps SK1 to SK11 may also be used to show data transmitted from the cooking appliance 1 to the first server 321.

Figure 63 shows the operation in chronological order from when it is decided to execute the cooperative control mode to when cooking process 2 is completed.

When the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected by the input key 153M, the first specific screen 16M1 is displayed, and the selected content (including, for example, information that the food to be cooked is "hamburger steak") is displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 and is also notified by the audio notification unit 50. Furthermore, the information is transmitted to the outside from the communication unit 51 (step SK1). Note that in the following explanation, the destination of the information transmitted from the cooking device 1 is limited to the explanation that it is the first server 321. In other words, the destination of the data beyond the first server 321 is not specified.

Next, the start of the heating cooking operation in the combined cooking mode KM3 is notified, and is transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK2).
If the cooking requires a preheating step, the start of the preheating step is notified and also transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK3).

Next, a notification is issued that cooking process 1 has actually started in the collaborative cooking mode, and this is also transmitted to the outside from the communication unit 51 (step SK4).

Next, in cooking process 1, when a predetermined time (first time TN1) has elapsed since induction heating was started, reference information 1 (FA1) is notified. The contents of this notification are also transmitted from communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK5). Alternatively, when it is detected that the temperature of the heated object has risen to a predetermined temperature, reference information 1 is notified (step SK5).

Next, information from outside in response to step SK5 is received (step SK6). This information may include remote control data such as turning down the heat.
That is, the received information may include the "remote operation command" RS described in the second embodiment. Depending on the content of the received information, the information may be notified to the user by the voice notification unit 50 or the display unit 16. In particular, in the case of a remote (remote control) signal, it is necessary to notify the user so as not to cause unnecessary confusion.

Next, when cooking process 1 ends automatically, the content of the process is notified by the audio notification unit 50 and the display unit 16. Alternatively, when the user manually stops cooking process 1 at any time, the content is also notified. Then, the information is transmitted to the outside (step SK7).

At the stage of step SK7, the heating operation is paused and the transition period (heating pause period) TR has begun.
When the user prepares for cooking process 2 and issues a command to start cooking process 2, the audio notification unit 50 and the display unit 16 notify the user that the transition period TR has ended and cooking process 2 has started.

Information is also transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK8). In this case, the transmitted information includes information about the heating source for cooking process 2. If a timer has been set and cooking has started, the transmitted information also includes information about the timer setting time.

Next, in cooking process 2, for example, when a predetermined time (second time TN1) has elapsed since the start of microwave heating, the contents of reference information 2 (FA2) are notified by the audio notification unit 50 or the display unit 16. The notification contents are also transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK9). Alternatively, it is detected that the temperature of the heated object has risen to a predetermined temperature, and reference information 2 is notified (step SK9).

Next, information from outside is received in response to the information transmitted in step SK9 (step SK10). This received information may include, for example, a remote control signal (the "remote operation command" RS described in embodiment 2) to reduce the heat. Depending on the content of the information, the audio notification unit 50 or the display unit 16 may notify the user.

Next, when cooking process 2 ends automatically, the details are notified by the audio notification unit 50 and the display unit 16. Alternatively, when the user manually stops cooking process 2 at any time, a similar notification is also given. Then, the information is transmitted to the outside (step SK11).

As is clear from the above explanation, the operation details of the cooking appliance 1 are transmitted to the outside in real time, so the communication terminal device 200 that receives the transmitted details via the first server 321 can grasp the progress of cooking even in a location away from the kitchen 601. Therefore, particularly in the linked cooking mode KM3, cooking may take a relatively long time, lasting more than an hour, and since the operation information is received in real time by the communication terminal device 200 via the first server 321, it is possible to monitor the cooking using the communication terminal device 200 in another room in the house.

In addition, if the remote control signal (including the "remote operation command" RS described in the second embodiment) from the first server 321 or the communication terminal device 200 to the cooking appliance 1 is limited to two commands, namely, lowering the heat and stopping the cooking operation, there is no concern that the cooking appliance 1 will operate erroneously due to erroneous operation from outside.

As in the first embodiment, in the sixth embodiment, the "reference information 1" FA1 notified by the cooking device 1 includes two things: opening the door 7 of the heating chamber 6, and then removing the heated food from the heating chamber 6.

For example, in cooking process 1, when a predetermined time (first time TN1) has elapsed since induction heating was started, reference information 1 (FA1) is notified. The notification content is then transmitted from communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK5). Alternatively, when it is detected that the temperature of the heated object has risen to a predetermined temperature, reference information 1 is notified (step SK5).

In the first server 321, upon receiving the reference information 1, the control unit 321C determines the degree of progress of the cooking process, generates cooking progress information, and transmits it to the second server 322.

Therefore, in the communication terminal 200, which can obtain information from the second server 322 at any time, as shown in FIG. 47(B) of the first embodiment, a preparation work reference image 509 indicating that the door 7 should be opened and a preparation work reference image 510 indicating that the food to be cooked should be removed together with the tray are displayed as contents corresponding to the above-mentioned reference information 1 (FA1). Such information is also provided in cooking step 2 of FIG. 63. In other words, even at the stages of steps SK9 and SK10, reference information 2 (FA2) is provided to the communication terminal 200 via the first server 321 and the second server 322.

Next, we will explain Figure 64.
FIG. 64 is a more detailed chronological diagram illustrating the operation of the control device 40 during the preparation period P1 illustrated in FIG.

During the period from transmission SK1 to SK4 shown in Figure 63, the following control operations are performed.

In FIG. 64, SA1 to SA9 indicate the operation of the control device 40.
First, the control device 40 detects that the main power switch 20 is turned ON (step SA1), transmits a signal indicating that it has been started up (SKS), and starts a self-diagnosis mode (SA2), checking whether each component is malfunctioning.

Next, the display unit 16 is activated to display the standby initial screen 16MH (SA3).
After a predetermined preparation time has elapsed since step SA3, a reception standby period start signal is automatically transmitted from communication unit 51 to first server 321 (SK1A).

This reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) may be called the "first reception waiting period start signal." The "first reception waiting period start signal" is "reception permission data" that the cooking appliance 1 transmits to the outside, and upon receiving this, the first server 321 can determine that the cooking appliance 1 is in a state where it can obtain cooking condition data.

Furthermore, after step SA3, if it is detected that the cooperative cooking mode KM3 has been selected with the input key 153M, the control device 40 transmits a selection signal (SK1) for the cooperative cooking mode KM3.

As is clear from the above description, the "reception standby period" is a period during which the cooking appliance 1 can acquire cooking condition data CD from the outside (first server 321). Therefore, after the transmission SK1A of the start signal, the cooking appliance 1 can receive cooking condition data CD from the outside.
The “reception waiting period” is a period during which acquisition of cooking condition data CD from the first server 321 is permitted, and does not mean that reception of other data, such as the remote operation command RS mentioned above, is rejected.

The transmission of the start signal SK1A (or the transmission of the selection signal for the collaborative cooking mode KM3 SK1) corresponds to the transmission of "reception permission data" to the first server 321.

Next, when the user operates the input key 153M to select the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the selected content (including, for example, information that the food to be cooked is a hamburger steak) is transmitted (SK1B). This transmission data SK1B complements the transmission of the start signal SK1A, and corresponds to the transmission of "reception permission data" to the first server 321.

As is clear from the above explanation, the control shown in FIG. 63 transmits information that the cooking condition data CD can be obtained at two stages: when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed, and when the user operates the input key 153M to select the linked cooking mode KM3 (however, the first specific screen 16M1 has not yet been displayed). As in this example, it is not necessary to transmit the "reception permission data" more than twice, so it may be transmitted at only one of the stages.

SA6 is a step in which, when the user operates the input key 153M to select the collaborative cooking mode KM3, the permission condition determination unit 54 performs a determination process as described in embodiment 1 as to whether or not to permit cooking in the collaborative cooking mode KM3.
If it is determined that the permission conditions are satisfied, the standby initial screen 16MH is changed to the first specific screen 16M1 and displayed.

SA7 is the step where a command to start the heating operation is received by operating the input key 151M. At this stage, information (reception restriction data SK1B) that restricts the operation of obtaining cooking condition data CD from the outside is transmitted.

Thereafter, the start of cooking operation in the combined cooking mode KM3 is notified, and a notification is sent from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK2).
If the cooking requires a preheating step, the start of the preheating step is notified and transmitted to the outside from the communication unit 51 (SA8). Then, the start of cooking step 1 is notified and transmitted to the outside (SA9).

Next, we will explain Figure 65.
FIG. 65, like FIG. 64, illustrates in detail the operation of the control device 40 in the preparation period P1 in chronological order.

Figure 65 shows a case where the collaborative cooking mode KM3 is not selected by the input key 153M of the central operation unit 15M during the preparation period P1. Instead, it shows a case where cooking condition data CD is acquired from the first server 321 during the reception waiting period.

In FIG. 65, the selection of the collaborative cooking mode shown in step SA4 is shown in a dashed frame, which indicates that no operation has been performed by the user.
Step SA5 indicates that the cooking condition data CD has been acquired from the first server 321. It also indicates that the fact that such data has been acquired has been transmitted to the first server 321 as a return (received) response signal.

As is clear from FIG. 65, even if the collaborative cooking mode KM3 is not selected by the input key 153M after the reception waiting period start signal is transmitted (SK1A), the reception waiting period start signal may be transmitted (SK1A) when the input key 180 for selecting the voice input combined mode VMC is operated, and cooking condition data CD may then be acquired from the first server 321 (step SA5).

Next, we will explain Figure 66. Figure 66 shows the operation in chronological order from cooking process 2 in cooperative control mode KM3 to the end of cooking process 2 and the point at which the main power switch 20 is turned off.

In the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the transition period TR (pause period P3) ends, cooking process 2 starts (step SA10), and when cooking process 2 ends, predetermined end notification data and "cooking execution data" are sent to the first server 321.

The cooking execution data CD9 is the data as described in the second embodiment, particularly in FIG.
Thereafter, the heating operation is stopped (SA11), and a heating end signal is sent from the communication unit 51 (SK12). At this point, the cooking process 2 is completely completed.

Next, the display unit 16 automatically returns from the first specific screen 16M1 to the standby initial screen 16MH.
At this stage, the control unit 10 transmits information (reception permission data SK13A) indicating the end of the period during which the operation of obtaining the cooking condition data CD is restricted. This reception permission data (SK13A) may be called a "second reception standby period start signal."

Therefore, from this stage on, if the communication terminal device 200, which has acquired the cooking condition data CD from the first server 321 that has received the permission data SK13A, transmits the cooking condition data CD to the cooker 1, the cooker 1 can acquire the cooking condition data CD. It is also possible to have the cooker 1 read the cooking condition data CD directly from the first server 321. Therefore, after the transmission of the reception permission data SK13A, the cooker 1 can receive the cooking condition data CD from outside.

In step SA13, measurement of the elapsed time begins. Steps SA13 to SA14 are set to, for example, 30 minutes. If there is no input from the input operation unit 16 during these 30 minutes, and if there is no audio input from the audio signal receiving unit 56 during these 30 minutes, step SA14 determines that "time has expired" and the power is forcibly shut off.

When the power is cut off, first the audio notification unit 50 notifies the user that operation is about to end, then a signal (reception restriction data) indicating the end of the reception standby period is sent (SK14), and the cooking execution data CD9 of the one heating cooking session performed prior to this is sent from the communication unit 51 (SK15).

Thereafter, the control device 40 opens the main power switch 20 by itself to cut off the power.
Even if the user manually turns off the main power at any time, the cooking execution data CD9 is transmitted from the communication unit 51. Then, an operation end signal is transmitted (SK16).

Next, we will explain Figure 67.
67 is a flow chart for explaining the overall control operation before the start of cooking in the cooking appliance 1. A basic operation program from power-on to the start of cooking preparation is stored in the storage device 41 inside the control device 40.

Steps SV1 to SV4 are the same as those shown in FIG. 54 in the fourth embodiment, so only the steps up to SV4 will be briefly described.
When the main power switch 20 is closed (step SV1) (same as SW1 in FIG. 54), the control device 40 is started. The control device 40 starts its own abnormality diagnosis by its own control program (SV1) (same as SW2 in FIG. 54).

In step SV2, communication unit 51 issues a notice of the start of operation of cooking appliance 1 to wireless router 340 in a living space such as kitchen 601. The transmission of this notice signal corresponds to the start signal transmission SKS described in Figures 64 and 65.
In addition, the cooking appliance 1 transmits an inventory inquiry command signal for the refrigerator 800 to the wireless router 340 .

When the first server 321 receives the activation signal SKS, the communication terminal 200 can also know that the cooking appliance 1 has been activated via the second server 322.

If the control device 40 detects no abnormality, it activates the display unit 16 and the input operation unit 16, and the voice notification unit 50 issues a voice prompt to start driving (SV3) (same as SW3 in Figure 54).

To prompt the user to select the heating source to be used, the display unit 15 displays the standby initial screen 16MH, and the audio notification unit 50 also provides audio guidance to prompt the user to select the heating source (SV4) (SW4). Note that at this stage, instead of selecting a heating source, it is also possible to select a cooking mode such as the linked cooking mode KM3 or the combined cooking mode KM2.

Although not shown in FIG. 67, if the input key 180 is pressed to set the "voice input mode," the display unit 16 and voice notification unit 50 will notify the user that the voice input mode is selected at this stage.

On the other hand, by pressing the input key 151KP to switch to the "function mode" and performing the setting operation according to the display on the display unit 16, the user can register a specific communication terminal device 200 owned by the user as a notification destination.

Even when the cooking appliance 1 of this sixth embodiment is set to the "voice input mode" as described above, or when it is otherwise in a state where it can wirelessly communicate with the communication terminal device 200, the "function setting menu" that becomes available when the input key 151KP is pressed cannot be selected by voice input. In addition, it cannot be changed by input from the communication terminal device 200. In other words, the function mode is restricted to when the user directly operates the input operation unit 15 of the cooking appliance 1 with his or her fingers, thereby enhancing safety.

In the next step SV5 (SW5), it is determined whether input has been completed in the input operation unit 15. As described in the first embodiment, if the input keys 153M, 154M, etc. have been operated to select the desired linked cooking menu (e.g., "fried chicken") or control menu (e.g., "manual microwave"), etc., this step SV5 becomes "Yes."

In the next step SV6, if the input key 151M is pressed on the input operation unit 15, the result becomes "Yes" and the driving of the heating source actually starts (SV7). Note that in the case of the left heating port 4L, it is necessary to press the input key 153L. Also, in the case of the right heating port 4R, it is necessary to press the input key 153R.

On the other hand, if the input from the input operation unit 15 has not been completed in step SV5, the input is awaited for 30 minutes. Measurement of this 30 minutes was started in step SV4.

In step SV8, a determination is made as to whether 30 minutes have been exceeded, and if so, the control device 40 automatically turns off the main power switch 20 (SV16).

During the 30-minute grace period for input, the input operation unit 15 repeatedly checks whether input has been completed and whether there is any input data from outside (steps SV9 and SV10) unless the communication unit 51 receives cooking condition data CD from outside.

Step SV9 is a process for determining whether or not a cooking mode has been input. If input key 153M or 154M is pressed, or if input key 180 is operated and then an input is made to audio signal receiving unit 56, this step SV9 becomes "Yes."

When the communication unit 51 receives cooking condition data CD from an external source, in step SV11 it is determined whether the data specifies the collaborative cooking mode KM3 or is something else.

If the command is to specify the cooperative cooking mode KM3, proceed to step SV12.
SV12 is a display step of the reception operation display screen 16MM as explained in FIG. 36(B) in the second embodiment.

Then, in the next step SV13, a determination is made as to whether permission conditions such as "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2" described in embodiment 1 (particularly FIG. 22) are met.

If it is determined in step SV13 that the permission conditions are met, the process proceeds to step SV14, where the "external recipe priority mode" process is performed.
This "external recipe priority mode" means that unless the heating cooking process targeted by the recipe data is completed, a new linked cooking mode KM3 cannot be selected by the input operation unit 15. In other words, it means that the selection of a cooking menu or cooking conditions for another linked cooking mode KM3 cannot be set using the input operation unit 15 (including the audio signal receiving unit 56).

On the other hand, if the cooperative cooking mode is not active, step SV11 is judged as "No" and the process proceeds to step SV14.

In step SV14, the result of the determination in step SV13 is displayed.
In the next step SV15, if the cooking mode specified from outside is the collaborative cooking mode KM3, the display unit 16 displays a first specific screen 16M1.

If the cooking mode specified from outside is the combined cooking mode KM2, the second specific screen 16M2 is displayed on the display unit 16. On the other hand, if the cooking mode is the single cooking mode KM1 of the first heating means HM1, the third specific screen 16M3 is displayed on the display unit 16. In this step SV15, information that the cooking condition data CD has been received is returned to the first server 321.

If it is determined at step SV13 that "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2" are not met, a response is sent to the first server 321 that sent the cooking condition data CD, indicating that the cooking menu of the transmitted cooking condition data is not permitted (step SV17).

In addition, in the step SV6, the control conditions (heat, microwave output, heating time, control temperature, etc.) set by the first server 321 may be acquired by the cooking appliance 1, and then the user may manually change them using the input operation unit 15. In the step SV6, the first to third specific screens 16M1 to 16M3 are displayed, respectively, and the control conditions may be set so that the user directly inputs them using the normal input operation unit 15.

Next, we will explain Figure 68.
68 is a time chart showing an example of the operation of the cooking appliance 1 after the main power switch 20 is turned on. The operation of the human detection sensor 59 and the audio signal receiving unit 56 is particularly described. TL1 to TL13 indicate the timing of the operation of the cooking appliance 1 or the user's operation, and are from TL1 to TL13 in the order of occurrence.

First, the main power switch 20 is closed (TL1).
Then, the human detection sensor 59 detects the presence of a person. When a human is detected, a detection signal is transmitted to the control device 40 (TL2).

The input functions of the various input keys of the input operation unit 15 are enabled (TL3). For example, inputs can be made to the input keys 153M, 154M, 153R, 153L, etc. Note that the input function of the operation button (key) 20A of the main power switch 20 is enabled before these input keys, so the main power can be turned on as described above.

In this embodiment 6, an input key 180 is provided for selecting voice input. When this input key 180 is pressed, the voice input mode is established, but the user is also allowed to directly touch the input keys 153M, etc., of the input operation unit 15 (TL4). In other words, the user can both operate with his/her finger and input by voice.

If the user selects, for example, the collaborative cooking mode KM3 by voice input or touch operation after the voice input mode is set at TL4, a determination is made at TL5 as to whether the permission conditions are met. The "permission conditions" referred to here were explained in detail in the first embodiment, so explanation is omitted here.

When input key 153M is pressed and the permission conditions are met before cooking has been performed, heating chamber 6 is occupied in linked cooking mode KM3 (TL6).

As explained in step SV9 of FIG. 67, when the input key 153M for selecting the linked cooking mode KM3 is pressed, or when the input key 180 is operated and then a voice input for selecting "linked cooking" is made by the voice signal receiving unit 56, the control rule is that external data (cooking condition data CD) can be acquired thereafter (see step SV10 of FIG. 67).

In other words, in this embodiment 6, as shown in FIG. 68, after step TL4 when the function of the audio signal receiving unit 56 is enabled, the cooking appliance 1 can acquire cooking condition data CD for cooking in the collaborative cooking mode KM3 from the outside (step SA5).

If the cooking condition data CD meets the permission conditions, the user can decide to cook using that cooking condition data CD (TL7).

When the input key 151M is then selected, cooking step 1 of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 starts (TL8), followed by a pause period (TL9) and cooking step 2 (TL10), before the cooking ends (TL11). The input function of the audio signal receiving unit 56 is then disabled (TL12). Therefore, the audio input mode is cancelled at this point. Also, the heating chamber 6 is released from its occupied state (TL13).

The start of cooking cannot be commanded by voice. Even if a voice such as "start heating" is input to the voice signal receiving unit 56, the heating control unit 43 will not issue an activation command to the heating means. This is because, for safety reasons, the function of the voice input mode is restricted so that heating will not start unintentionally by the user even if a sound that could be confused with the user's voice is input.

Note that the audio signal receiving unit 56 remains in a state where it can accept input until cooking steps 1 and 2 are completed. In other words, the audio input mode is maintained.

This allows the user to set up another cooking operation while cooking step 1 is in progress. For example, a new heating operation can be started using the unused left heating port 4L.

As described above, the audio signal receiving unit 56 is disabled (TL12) when all cooking steps in the collaborative cooking mode KM3 are completed. In other words, once one cooking step is completed, audio input is not possible unless the user operates the input key 180 again. This prevents the user from setting up cooking steps that he or she does not intend.

In addition, when a cooking task is being performed or preparation for another cooking task is being performed and touch operation of the input operation unit 15 is difficult, heating cooking can be commanded by voice without touch operation.

This configuration allows another cooking task to start sooner, shortening the total cooking time and helping to reduce the burden on the user.

While the function setting mode can be changed using input key 151KP as explained in embodiment 1, one of the features of embodiment 6 is that the function setting mode also allows the heating operation to be started by voice input.

After step TL2, before the cooking condition data CD is acquired from the outside (during standby), by operating the input key 151KP, the voice input mode can be set so that the heating operation can be performed by voice from start to finish.

Such changes are only possible while the presence of a person is detected by the human detection sensor 59. For example, if the user moves away from the vicinity of the cooking appliance 1, the function setting mode cannot be changed (particularly starting the heating operation and increasing the heat), ensuring safety.

When the human detection sensor 59 detects that the user has left the vicinity of the cooking device 1, the voice notification unit 50 may issue an alarm at that point. Also, when the human detection sensor 59 can no longer detect the presence of a person, the voice input mode may not be disabled, but only input limited to two commands, namely, stopping heating and reducing the heat of the heating means, may be enabled.

Furthermore, the program of the control device 40 may be modified so that when the human detection sensor 59 detects that the user has left the vicinity of the cooking appliance 1, the control device 40 immediately notifies the first server 321 of that state. In this way, it becomes possible to implement measures such as using the first server 321 to start up a separate monitoring system or to send information to the communication terminal device 200 as alert information.

Next, we will explain Figure 69.
Figure 69 is another time chart showing an example of operation of the cooking appliance 1 after the main power switch 20 is turned on. The operation of the audio signal receiving unit 56 is particularly described. As with Figure 68, TL1 to TL8 indicate the timing of the operation of the cooking appliance 1 or the user's operation, and range from TL1 to TL8 in the order of occurrence. The same reference numerals are used for parts that are the same as the operations in Figures 64 to 66.

First, the main power switch 20 is closed (SA1).
The control device 40 starts up, checks whether there are any abnormalities in itself, and transmits start-up information to the first server 321 (SA2).

The human presence sensor 59 detects the presence of a person. When a human presence is detected, a detection signal is sent to the control device 40, and the input functions of the various input keys of the input operation unit 15 are enabled. The display unit 15 is then started up, and displays the initial standby screen 16MH. Furthermore, the audio notification unit 50 provides initial audio guidance (SA3).

The display unit 15 also displays a message urging the user to select a heating means. Similarly, the audio notification unit 50 also urges the user to select a heating means. Note that there are cases where a heating means is automatically selected by selecting a cooking mode (for example, the first heating means HM1) (SA3A).

In this sixth embodiment, an input key 180 for selecting voice input is provided, so that when the input key 180 is pressed, the voice input mode is started at that moment (SA4). However, it is also permitted for the user to directly touch the input keys 153M, etc. of the input operation unit 15. In other words, it is possible for the user to both operate with a finger and input by voice.

During the "acquirable period" TB from the time when the input key 153M is operated (SA4) to the time when the start of the heating operation is commanded by the input key 151M, the cooking condition data CD can be acquired from the outside, as shown in FIG. 69.

In other words, the acquisition period TB is the acquisition period TB1 of the cooking condition data (recipe data) CD, the cancellation period TB2 of the acquired cooking condition data (recipe data) CD, and the change period TB3 of the control data of the acquired cooking condition data (recipe data).

Therefore, the cooking condition data CD obtained from the outside in this manner can be canceled by pressing input key 152M if it is at a stage before input key 151M is pressed.

Furthermore, if the cooking condition data CD obtained from outside is at a stage before input key 151M is pressed, the control conditions (e.g., heating time, target heating temperature, etc.) can be changed as desired by pressing input keys 154M to 157M.

Furthermore, during the period of steps SA4 to SA7, the data acquisition unit 53 does not acquire cooking condition data CD again, regardless of whether the cooking condition data CD is the same as the already acquired cooking condition data CD or different data.

In FIG. 69, step SA9 indicates the stage at which cooking process 1 actually starts. For example, if the first heating means HM1 is an induction heating source, this is the stage at which induction heating starts above the top plate 3.

Next, we will explain FIG. 70.
Fig. 70 shows the operation steps of the first server 321. This Fig. 70 is a time chart showing the main operations after the first server 321 receives the operating state data OS (reception waiting period start signal SK1A).

In FIG. 70, SV20 indicates a step in which the first server 321 receives the reception waiting period end signal SK1B.
SV21 is a step of "limiting transmission of cooking condition data CD."

One of the processes for "restricting the transmission of cooking condition data CD" is to stop accessing the recipe information providing server 301 and acquiring the cooking condition data CD (reading operation).

The other process of the "restriction on transmission of cooking condition data CD" is to stop providing (transmitting) the cooking condition data CD obtained from the recipe information providing server 301 to the second server 322.

As a result, after step SV20, the communication terminal device 200 will no longer be able to obtain the cooking condition data CD from the recipe information providing server 301.

The next step SV22 is a step for determining whether a reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) has been received from the cooking device 1.

If step SV22 is judged as "Yes", the restriction of step SV21 is lifted in the next step SV24.

If the result of step SV22 is "No", then in the next step SV23, it is determined whether a reception waiting period start signal (second reception permission data SK13A) has been received from the cooking device 1.

If step SV23 is judged as "Yes", the restriction of step SV21 is lifted in the next step SV24.

Summary of embodiment 6.
As described above, in this sixth embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the seventh disclosure is disclosed to have the following configuration.

That is, a first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated above the top plate 3, which is a first location;
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food in a heating chamber 6 located at a location separate from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
a communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data CD for performing cooking from a first server 321 and transmits a plurality of pieces of operating state data OS to the first server 321 by wireless;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the communication unit 51;
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires cooking condition data for a specific food via the communication unit 51, and a limiting unit 55 that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data CD by the data acquisition unit 53.
The control device 40 is configured such that, when the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data CD and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data CD is applied is confirmed, the control device 40 transmits information SK1B, which restricts the operation of acquiring further cooking condition data CD, to the first server 321 as one of the operating status information OS.

This makes it possible to prevent, for example, an inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu for the composite cooking mode KM2 or the control menu for the single cooking mode KM1) while the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is being executed, and to stably execute the cooking menu of the received cooking condition data CD.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being impeded or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data CD for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Furthermore, in this sixth embodiment, the cooking device 1 according to the eighth disclosure is disclosed to have the following configuration.
That is, a first heating means HM3 for heating an object to be heated above the top plate 3, which is a first location;
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food in a heating chamber 6 located at a location separate from the first location;
an input operation unit 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
a communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data CD for performing cooking from a first server 321 and transmits a plurality of pieces of operating state data OS to the first server 321 by wireless;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the communication unit 51;
The control device 40 includes a heating control unit 43 that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means HM1 and the second heating means HM2, a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data CD via the communication unit 51 for a specific food to be cooked, and a limiting unit 53 that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data CD by the data acquisition unit 53.
When the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data CD and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data CD is applied is confirmed, the control device 40 transmits, as one of the operating state data, restriction information SK1B for restricting an operation of acquiring further cooking condition data from the outside,
The control device 40 is configured to transmit, when the cooking process of the cooking menu is completed, release information SK13A indicating that the restriction on the acquisition operation has been lifted, as one of the operating status data OS.

Therefore, for example, by transmitting the restriction information SK1B, it is possible to reliably prevent another cooking menu (including the control menu of the composite cooking mode KM2) from being inadvertently received while the linked cooking mode KM3 is being executed, and the cooking menu of the received cooking condition data CD can be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being impeded or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data CD for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

In this sixth embodiment, the heating and cooking system according to the ninth disclosure is disclosed in the following configuration.
That is,
A cooking device 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A first server 321 capable of communicating with the cooking appliance 1;
A second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
an operation unit 225 capable of communicating with the second server 322 and accepting input from a user;
and a display unit 216 for displaying information that can be viewed by the user.
The first server 321 has a function of receiving operation information data from the cooking appliance 1 and a function of transmitting control data (including the cooking condition data CD) used for operating the cooking appliance 1 to the second server 322 in response to a request A for providing cooking condition data CD received from the second server 322,
The information processing terminal (communication terminal) 200 has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit 225 to the second server 322, and a function of displaying information of the cooking condition data CD received from the second server 322 on the display unit 216,
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal (communication terminal) 200, and transmitting the request A corresponding to the content of the command information to the first server 321, and a function of transmitting cooking condition data received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A to the information processing terminal (communication terminal) 200.
The first server 321 is configured such that when it receives a request A for providing the cooking condition data CD from the second server 322, if it is not in a reception waiting period (if it has not received the release information SK13A), it does not transmit the requested cooking condition data CD to the second server.

Therefore, according to this heating and cooking system, it is possible to reliably prevent the inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the composite cooking mode KM2 or the control menu of the single cooking mode KM1) while, for example, the coordinated cooking mode KM3 is being executed (unless the release information SK13A is received), and to stably execute the cooking menu of the received cooking condition data CD.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being impeded or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data CD for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Embodiment 7.
Fig. 71 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to embodiment 7. Fig. 72 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of a portable information display used in the system of Fig. 71. Fig. 73 is an explanatory diagram showing the communication terminal device 200 and the portable information display device 900 side by side so that the display contents can be compared. Note that parts that are the same as or equivalent to the configurations of the embodiments explained in Figs. 1 to 70 are given the same reference numerals.

The seventh embodiment is characterized in that the configuration of the information processing terminal device connected to the cloud server 300 configuration shown in the sixth embodiment is changed to use a small portable information display device (a type of information processing terminal device) 900 with a display screen size of less than 10 inches.

In this seventh embodiment, the information processing terminal 900 is different from the smartphone in the sixth embodiment and is, for example, a tablet terminal or a small personal computer, and has wireless communication capabilities.

Furthermore, the portable information display device 900, like the communication terminal device 200 of embodiment 6, acquires the user's voice information and transmits this voice data (text data) VS to the second server 322.

The control unit 322C of the second server 322 receives the voice input signal VS and determines whether it can be converted into a standard command stored in the memory unit 322R.

The control unit 322C converts the text data of the speech information (voice input signal VS) into various commands (remote control signal RS) prepared as standard commands.
As described in the sixth embodiment, the CPU 302 also generates a command to extract the desired recipe data (cooking condition data CD) from the cooking condition database of the recipe information server 301 .

However, the portable information display 900 has a function of transmitting the desired recipe data (cooking condition data CD) to the cooking appliance 1 (via the wireless router 340) like the communication terminal 200 in the sixth embodiment.

Next, a portable information display 900 shown in FIG. 72 will be described.
The portable information display device 900, such as a tablet terminal or a small personal computer, has a transmitting unit and a receiving unit 910, a communication control unit 911, a central processing unit (CPU) 912, ROM and RAM 913, a speaker 914, a touch-type operation unit 915, a terminal side display unit 916 having a display screen 900D of approximately 10 inches in size, a cooking appliance database (memory unit) 917, a remote operation information generation unit 919, and a memory unit 920.

Reference numeral 922 denotes a voice input unit that converts the voice of a user or the like into an input signal.
The touch-type operation unit 915, the terminal side display unit 916, and the voice input unit 922 are integrated in hardware to form a display operation unit 925. Note that a search unit that analyzes the voice signal from the voice input unit 922 and performs term search, information search, etc. is not shown. The search function is handled by the second information server 322. However, it may be provided inside the portable information display device 900.

The central processing unit 912 inputs the operation support data GS received from the input/output unit 322A of the second server 322 to the remote operation information generation unit 919.

The central processing unit 912 has a cooking condition data acquisition unit 930, a cooking condition data transmission unit 931, and a terminal-side recipe selection unit 932. The cooking condition data acquisition unit 930, the cooking condition data transmission unit 931, and the terminal-side recipe selection unit 932 may be functionally realized as a whole by a single computer program, or may be configured by separate control circuits.

The cooking appliance database 917 holds “notification data” 923 of the cooking appliance 1 in order to generate notification information (including image information) for the central display unit 16M and the audio notification unit 50 of the cooking appliance 1 .
The cooking appliance database 917 also holds data on “remote operation command (signal)” RS for the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1 .

The notification data 923 and remote control data 924 may be stored in the portable information display 900 from the beginning, or may be acquired by connecting to the first server 321, which is an information providing means, via the second server 322 and downloading the data from the first server 321. In other words, the cooking appliance database 917 does not need to be constructed by storing data in a fixed manner, and may be in a form in which information is acquired as needed and temporarily stored in a volatile memory.

The cooking appliance database 917 may obtain cooking condition data CD for various cooking operations performed by the cooking appliance 1, particularly cooking menus (e.g., "ratatouille") that can be used in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, from the recipe information providing server 301 via the first server 321.

The remote control information generating unit 924 processes the signal acquired from the cooking appliance 1 via the central processing unit 912 and the input signal from the display operation unit 925, and generates a remote control command (information) RS for the cooking appliance 1.

The "remote operation command" here includes commands related to input operations corresponding to all cooking modes of the cooking appliance 1, including the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2, display commands for the central display unit 16M in the linked cooking mode, combined cooking mode, etc., and further display commands related to the right heating power display unit 16R and the left heating power display unit 16L. However, in all cooking modes, including the linked cooking mode KM3, information that serves as a command to start a heating operation is not included. Therefore, neither the first server 321 nor the cooking appliance 1 receives a command to start a heating operation from the portable information display unit 900 in response to this remote operation command.

In addition, command information for various functions that can be set using the function setting keys 151KP of the cooking appliance 1 cannot be transmitted from the portable information display 900, and cannot be generated by the display 900.

The central processing unit 912 executes the overall processing of the portable information display device 900 according to the control programs stored in the ROM/RAM, reading data required in the process of executing the processing from the ROM/RAM, and storing data generated in the process of executing the processing in the ROM/RAM.

The storage unit 920 is a non-volatile semiconductor memory, and is capable of storing operation information data OS of the cooking appliance 1 that is read from the transmission unit and the reception unit 910 and provided from the first server 321 at any time.
The storage unit 920 is also used to temporarily store the cooking condition data CD for a specific cooking menu downloaded (read) from the first server 321.

When a user touches a specific portion of the terminal display unit 916 of the portable information display device 900, the remote operation information generating unit 919 generates a remote operation command based on this touch signal. In addition, voice data VS input by voice is also converted into a remote operation command RS by the second server 322.

The remote operation command RS is transmitted from the transmitting and receiving unit 910 to the first server 321. The first server 321 receives the remote operation command RS from the second server 322, generates the necessary remote operation command information (signal), and transmits it to the cooking appliance 1.

If the cooking appliance 1 is already powered and started, the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1 treats the received remote operation command RS as various input operation commands, such as a cooking mode selection command. For example, when a remote operation command related to the linked cooking mode KM3 is received, the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display unit 16M transitions to a selection screen (first specific screen 16M1) for one cooking menu (e.g., hamburger) in the linked cooking mode KM3.

The cooking appliance 1 does not operate unconditionally in response to the remote operation command RS from the portable information display device 900 .
The first server 321 also transmits cooking condition data CD when the operation information data OS received from the cooker 1 does not contain the "reception permission data" as described in the sixth embodiment, particularly in Figures 64, 65, and 70, and also does not contain the "reception restriction data." In other words, after receiving the "reception standby period start signal" (SK1A) described in Figure 70, the first server 321 temporarily prohibits the transmission of cooking condition data CD to the cooker 1.

In this seventh embodiment, the portable information display device 900 does not have a small display screen like the display screen of the communication terminal device 200 in the sixth embodiment, but has an advantage in that it has a terminal side display unit 900D with a display area several times larger than that of the display screen, and is mainly used in situations where the cooking condition data CD is confirmed (viewed) and the control conditions are changed.

Therefore, in this seventh embodiment, the portable information display device 900 has the function of storing appropriate cooking condition data CD in a specified area of the first server 321 connected via the network via the second server 322, and providing it via the first server 321 upon request from the cooking appliance 1.

For example, if the portable information display 900 is used to store favorite recipe data in the "Family Meals" data recording section created in the first server 321, the data can be retrieved whenever the cooking device 1 is used and used multiple times for cooking.

On the other hand, in this embodiment 7, if the destination for transmission is set on the portable information display 900 side, the cooking condition data CD acquired via the second server 322 can be provided to the cooking appliance 1.

Even if the cooking condition data CD is sent from the portable information display 900 to the cooking appliance 1, the cooking appliance 1 has a function for restricting the timing of acquiring the cooking condition data CD, so there is no concern that the operation of the cooking appliance 1, particularly the stage before the cooking process starts, will become unstable or other problems will occur.

Next, we will explain Figure 73.
Figure 73 is an explanatory diagram showing the communication terminal device 200 and the portable information display device 900 side by side so that the display contents can be compared. The two devices are drawn to be of equal size, although the actual external dimensions of the portable information display device 900 are more than twice as large.

Figure 73 shows an example of a "remote push notification" using the first server 321 or the second server 322. The "remote push notification" here refers to a notification sent to a user connected to the Internet via the network 201 (204) via the first server 321 or the second server 322, which function as an application distribution platform.

In the example of Figure 73, the first server 321 that has received the driving information data OS generates notification information for "remote push notification A" at the time it receives "transmission of a selection signal for cooperative control mode" SK1 (SK1B) as described in embodiment 6, particularly in Figures 64, 65, and 70, and sends a notification to the notification destination registered in advance. In the following example, the notification is sent using a certain range of text information, but image information such as figures may also be used. Generally, this is called a message notification, chat notification, etc.

FIG. 73(A) shows a communication terminal device 200, and FIG. 73(B) shows a portable information display device 900.
In FIG. 73A, 540 is a notification screen (display unit).
The second server 322, which receives the notification information of the "remote push notification A" from the first server 321, generates a "remote push notification B" and transmits it to the communication terminal 200. Note that the "remote push notification A" and the "remote push notification B" may contain the same information, or may have different expressions, formats, etc. as long as they have the same purpose.

When the communication terminal device 200 receives the "remote push notification B", it generates an appropriate pop-up screen image and displays the notification information 541 on the terminal display unit (terminal display screen) 216 in a format that attracts the user's attention.

As shown in FIG. 73(A), the notification information 541 indicates that the cooking appliance 1 is currently in a state in which it is unable to receive recipe data (cooking condition data).
In addition, when the user touches the input keys 542 and 543, the display screen changes to another one showing recommended information, making it possible to provide useful information to the user.

Next, the portable information display 900 of FIG. 73(B) will be described.
73B, reference numeral 901 denotes a notification screen (display section), which is temporarily displayed on a display screen 900.

The second server 322, which receives the notification information of the above-mentioned "remote push notification A" from the first server 321, generates a "remote push notification B" and transmits it to the portable information display 900. Note that the information contained in "remote push notification A" and "remote push notification B" may be the same, or may be different in expression, format, etc., as long as the purpose is the same.

When the portable information display device 900 receives the "remote push notification B", it generates an appropriate pop-up screen image and displays notification information 902 on the display screen 900D in a format that attracts the user's attention. 903 is an input key (icon) for closing the pop-up screen as shown in FIG. 73 (B).

As shown in FIG. 73(B), the notification information 902 indicates that the cooking appliance 1 is currently in a state where it cannot receive recipe data (cooking condition data).

In addition, in Figure 73 (B), there is no display equivalent to the input keys 542, 543 that can be used to check recommended information as shown in Figure 73 (A). However, similar input keys (icons) may be displayed so that there is no difference between the latest information that can be checked on the communication terminal device 200 (real-time information via remote push notification) and the latest information that can be checked on the portable information display device 900 (real-time information via remote push notification).
In addition, this embodiment 7 is not based on the premise that the communication terminal device 200 and the portable information display device 900 are used simultaneously, as shown in Figure 71, so it is possible to use only one of them.

Next, we will explain Figure 74.
FIG. 74 is a time chart showing an example of the operation of the cooking appliance 1 after the main power switch 20 is turned on, and the operations of the portable information display device 900 and the first server 321.
T1 to T22 indicate the timing (steps) of the operation of the cooking appliance 1, the portable information display device 900, etc., or the user's operation, and are listed in the order of occurrence starting from T1, but in an actual product, the order may differ from this.

First, the user starts up (step T1) the cooking appliance 1. Then, the user closes the main power switch 20 (step T2).
It should be noted that the detection signal of the human detection sensor 59 and transmission to the control device 40 are not shown in FIG.
The cooking appliance 1 transmits a start-up signal (SKS) to the first server 321 (step T4).

In this embodiment 7, a portable information display device 900 having an audio input unit 922 can be used, but in this Figure 74, a communication terminal device 200 having a similar audio input unit 222 can be used.

In FIG. 74, the user starts the portable information display 900 (step T3). In order to utilize the recipe acquisition function, an application for selecting a recipe (recipe selection app) that accesses the first server 321 has been pre-installed on the portable information display 900, so the recipe selection app is now started (T5).

The user can operate the portable information display device 900 by touch operation (touch operation unit 915) or voice input (voice input unit 922) (T6) to display the contents of the desired recipe (cooking condition data) on the display unit 916 of the portable information display device 900, and check or change the conditions (T8).

Meanwhile, the cooking appliance 1 displays the standby initial screen 16MH and prompts the user to select a cooking mode and cooking menu (T7). Then, a reception standby period start signal (SK1A) is automatically sent to the first server 321 (T9).

In the sixth embodiment (FIG. 68), when the collaborative cooking mode is selected (step SA4), on the condition that the input key 180 for selecting the voice input combined mode VMC is operated, a reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) is then automatically transmitted to the first server 321.
However, the seventh embodiment differs from the sixth embodiment in that a reception standby period start signal (SK1A) is transmitted immediately after the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed.

When the user operates the portable information display device 900 to load the recipe (cooking condition data) acquired by the portable information display device 900 into the cooking appliance 1 (T10), the portable information display device 900 starts the automatic connection operation (T12).

On the other hand, the first server 321, which has received the reception waiting period start signal (SK1A), transmits "operating status data" corresponding to the latest status of the cooking appliance 1 to the portable information display 900. In this case, it is not necessarily required to display a pop-up screen on the display unit 916 of the portable information display 900. However, the portable information display 900 can know in advance that the cooking appliance 1 is capable of receiving cooking condition data.

Since mutual authentication has been performed between the portable information display device 900 and the cooking appliance 1, when the portable information display device 900 transmits a signal for automatic connection (also called a "scan signal"), mutual communication for automatic connection is performed with the cooking appliance 1. The cooking appliance 1 may also transmit the scan signal (T13).

Once the connection between the cooking appliance 1 and the portable information display device 900 is established, the cooking appliance 1 and the portable information display device 900 continue to be able to directly wirelessly communicate with each other.
That is, when the portable information display 900 moves with the user and becomes distant from the cooking appliance 1, communication may be temporarily disabled, but when the portable information display 900 returns to a communicable range (distance), the connection is automatically restored. This connection is established (T14).

After this, the cooking condition data is transmitted from the portable information display 900 to the cooking appliance 1 (note that immediately before transmission, the portable information display 900 may include a step of requesting reconfirmation from the user) (T15).

When the cooking condition data has been completely transmitted to the cooking appliance 1, the cooking appliance 1 notifies the completion of reception (T16).
In the cooking appliance 1, the acquired cooking condition data is temporarily stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42. The control device 40 analyzes the cooking condition data transmitted in a certain format and determines whether or not the permission conditions are satisfied (T17).

If the permission conditions are met, the control device 40 treats the cooking condition data temporarily stored in the cooking condition data storage unit 42 as regular cooking condition data.
Also, the display of the standby initial screen 16MH on the central display section 15 is stopped, and instead, any one of the first to third specific screens 16M1 to 16M3 is displayed (T17).

The cooking appliance 1 transmits a reception waiting period end signal (SK1B) to the portable information display device 900 (T18). Similarly, the cooking appliance 1 transmits a reception waiting period end signal (SK1B) to the first server 321 (T20). As a result, the transmission of cooking condition data from the communication terminal device 200 and the first server 321 is automatically prohibited on the portable information display device 900 and the first server 321 side.

The portable information display 900 may be configured to automatically disconnect once the transfer of cooking condition data to the cooking appliance 1 is complete (T19).

When the user operates the input operation unit 15 of the cooking appliance 1 (T21), the cooking appliance 1 determines whether to execute a specific cooking menu, for example, in the cooperative cooking mode KM3, according to the cooking condition data acquired from the portable information display 900 (T22).

As is clear from FIG. 76, the initial standby period TP is the period from when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed (step T7) to when the execution of a specific cooking menu (or control menu) in a specific cooking mode is confirmed (step T22).

In this embodiment 7, the start of cooking cannot be commanded by voice input to the portable information display 900. Even if a voice such as "start heating" is input to the voice input unit 922, the central processing unit 912 does not generate a command to start the heating operation for the heating cooker 1. Thus, in this embodiment 7, the function of the voice input combined mode is restricted for safety reasons to prevent the heating operation from starting unintentionally by the user even if a sound that could be confused with the user's voice is input.

In addition, instead of the portable information display device 900, a communication terminal device 200 as described in the first to sixth embodiments may be used.

Summary of embodiment 7.
As described above, in this seventh embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the tenth disclosure is disclosed in the following configuration.

That is, in the seventh embodiment,
A cooking device 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A first server 321 capable of communicating with the cooking appliance 1;
A second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
an input operation unit capable of communicating with the second server 322 and receiving input from a user;
and an information processing terminal (portable information display) 900 having a display unit that displays information that can be viewed by the user,
The first server 321 has a function of receiving operation status data OS of the cooking appliance 1 from the cooking appliance 1, and a function of transmitting display information to be displayed on a terminal side display unit 900D of the information processing terminal (portable information display device) 900 regarding the operation of the cooking appliance 1 to the second server 322 in response to a request A for providing cooking condition data received from the second server 322,
The information processing terminal (portable information display) 900 has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server 322, and a function of displaying information of the cooking condition data CD received from the second server 322 on the terminal side display unit 900D,
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the contents of the command information received from the information processing terminal (portable information display) 900, transmitting a request A for the cooking condition data CD specified from the contents of the command information to the first server 321, a function of transmitting the cooking condition data CD received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A to the information processing terminal (portable information display) 900, and a function of receiving cooking condition data modified by the information processing terminal (portable information display) 900 from the information processing terminal (portable information display) 900 and providing the cooking condition data to the first server 321.
The first server 321 is characterized in that, when the cooking appliance 1 is not in a reception standby period, the first server 321 does not transmit the cooking condition data to the cooking appliance 1 .

Therefore, according to this cooking system, for example, inadvertent reception of another cooking menu (including the control menu of the combined cooking mode KM2 or the control menu of the single cooking mode KM1) during execution of the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is reliably prevented (unless the release information SK13A is received). This allows the cooking menu of the received cooking condition data CD to be stably executed.
Furthermore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the control device 40 from being impeded or the user from being confused or misled due to the cooking condition data CD for another cooking menu being inadvertently received during the cooking process.

Furthermore, in the seventh embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the eleventh disclosure is disclosed as having the following configuration.
That is,
As described in FIG. 73, the information processing terminal (communication terminal 200, portable information display 900) has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server 322, and a function of displaying information of cooking condition data CD received from the second server 322 on the terminal side display unit 216, 900D.
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal (200, 900), transmitting a request A for the cooking condition data CD specified from the content of the command information to the first server 321, a function of transmitting the cooking condition data CD received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A to the information processing terminal (200, 900), and a function of receiving cooking condition data modified by the information processing terminal (200, 900) from the information processing terminal (200, 900) and providing the cooking condition data to the first server 321,
The first server 321 is configured such that, when it receives "restriction information" indicating that the cooking appliance 1 is not in a waiting period for reception (e.g., "transmission of a selection signal for cooperative control mode" SK1, SK1B), it transmits the latest information (real-time information by remote push notification) regarding the "restriction information" to the information processing terminal device (communication terminal device 200, portable information display device 900).
The first server 321 is also configured to determine from the operating status data OS when the heating cooker 1 is not in a waiting period for reception, and when the heating cooker 1 is not in the waiting period for reception, not to transmit the cooking condition data in response to the request A to the information processing terminal (communication terminal 200, portable information display 900).

As a result, this cooking system can avoid unnecessary transmission operations by the user and can also reduce unnecessary transmissions to the cooking appliance 1. It can also contribute to stable operation of the cooking appliance 1.

Embodiment 8.
Fig. 75 is a configuration diagram of a cooking system according to embodiment 8. Fig. 76 is an explanatory diagram showing, in time series, information exchange between a cooking device constituting the cooking system of Fig. 75 and an external device (first server). Fig. 77 is an explanatory diagram showing the transition of the standby initial screen 16MH of the central display unit 16M at the time of start-up in the cooking device 1 shown in Fig. 75. Fig. 78 is a flowchart showing the operation of the third server used in the cooking system of Fig. 75. Note that parts that are the same as or equivalent to the configurations of the embodiments described in Figs. 1 to 74 are given the same reference numerals.

The eighth embodiment is characterized by changing the configuration of the portable information display device (information processing terminal device) 900 shown in the seventh embodiment and using a small portable voice input/output device (a type of information processing terminal device) 1000.

In this eighth embodiment, the cloud server 300 differs from the first to seventh embodiments in that it includes a first server 321, a second server 322, and a third server 323. . Alternatively, a control server may be provided to centrally control and link these servers.

The third server 323 is connected to the first server 321 via wired or wireless communication (network) 205. The third server 323 has an inventory information storage unit 324 and an ingredient consumption determination unit 325.

The inventory information storage unit 324 stores the "inventory data" SD1 transmitted from the refrigerator 800 via the first server 321 and the network 205, and updates the inventory information as needed in response to a command from the first server 321. Note that the input/output unit 324A of the third server 323 is not shown in the figure.

A "home control device" (not shown) called an "integrated information management device" or "integrated power control device" (HEMS controller) may be installed in a living space such as the kitchen 601 (not shown), and the home control device (not shown) may receive a signal from the home control device (not shown) and obtain inventory data SD1 from the refrigerator 800.

The inventory data SD1 may be acquired by the first server 321 from a home control device (not shown) at any time, and the acquired information on the inventory data SD1 may be provided to the third server 323, which may then update the inventory data SD1 stored in the third server 323 at any time.

The ingredient consumption determining unit 325 obtains ingredient information (inventory data SD1) from the inventory information storage unit 324, and estimates the amount of ingredient consumed from the change in the inventory amount.
The ingredient consumption determination unit 325 performs a determination each time cooking is performed. The determination is made by inputting the cooking execution data CD9 from the cooking appliance 1, comparing the input data with the fluctuations in the inventory data SD1 acquired from the inventory information storage unit 324, i.e., information indicating changes in the amount of ingredients (change information), and analyzing the type and amount of ingredients actually consumed by a machine learning method. Note that the machine learning method is not particularly limited, and for example, a known machine learning method such as neural networking is applied.

For example, when the food ingredient consumption determination unit 325 obtains data from the cooking appliance 1 on cooking "hamburger steak" in the linked cooking mode KM3, it compares the cooking execution data CD9 on the cooking appliance 1 side with the change in the amount of food ingredients by type from the inventory data SD1 stored in the refrigerator 800.

If an ingredient (e.g., 300 grams of beef) that was in the refrigerator 800 before cooking cannot be confirmed after cooking in the refrigerator 800's inventory management system (e.g., camera image data for inventory confirmation, a sensor in the corresponding freezer of the refrigerator 800, etc.), it is presumed that the beef was used. In addition, when making this determination, data comparing general cooking menus with the types of ingredients used is also used.

The voice input/output device 1000, which is one of the features of this embodiment 8, is slightly different from the smartphone of embodiment 6 and the portable information display device 900 of embodiment 7, and is an input terminal device that receives user commands by voice input and notifies the user of information by voice, such as a smart speaker or AI speaker.

When a user gives a command to the cooking appliance 1 while standing near the cooking appliance 1, the voice input/output device 1000 acquires the voice (natural language) uttered by the user near the cooking appliance 1 as a voice signal.

The voice input/output unit 1000 has a microphone (not shown) for collecting the user's voice, and a speaker 1001 for emitting voice.
When the user turns on the voice input/output device 1000, it is connected to a second server 322 connected via a network (wireless communication network). The second server 322 has a voice translation function and a search function.

When an audio signal (audio data) VS is transmitted from the audio input/output device 1000, the second server 322 acquires the voice (natural language) uttered by the user as an audio signal, converts it into a command signal (request A) from the user, and transmits it to the first server 321.

Based on the request A from the second server 322, the first server 321 can ultimately generate a remote control signal RS for the cooking appliance 1. Also, the first server 321 can provide the cooking requirement data CD acquired from the recipe information providing server 301 to the cooking appliance 1.

The first server 321 stores various remote operation data for the cooking appliance 1 in the memory unit 321R, and therefore transmits the necessary operation support data GS1 to the second server 322 as required in response to the request A from the second server 322. Therefore, the second server 322 transmits operation support data GS2 that can be converted into voice data to the voice input/output unit 1000 in response to the operation support data GS1.

With the above basic configuration, even if a user is near the cooking appliance 1, if the user's hands are occupied with cooking preparations or handling of ingredients, etc., and the frequency with which the user can directly touch the input operation unit 15 of the cooking appliance 1 is limited, the user can conveniently use the voice input/output device 1000 to remotely operate the cooking appliance 1 using natural speech (voice).

Other configurations of the first server 321 and the second server 322 are the same as those of the first server 321 and the second server 322 described in the seventh embodiment, so that a duplicated description will be omitted.
In addition, as described in the seventh embodiment, the second server 322 has the function of generating a command (request A) for extracting the desired recipe data (cooking condition data CD) from the cooking condition database of the recipe information server 301 and transmitting the command to the first server 321.

Furthermore, like the portable information display device 900 of embodiment 7, the voice input/output device 1000 does not have the function of transmitting the desired recipe data (cooking condition data CD) to the cooking appliance 1 (via the wireless router 340).

Furthermore, the voice input/output device 1000 can issue commands (request A) related to input operations corresponding to all cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2, but does not include information that serves as a command to start a heating operation in all cooking modes including the linked cooking mode KM3. Therefore, it is not possible to issue a command to start a heating operation of the heating cooker 1 from this voice input/output device 1000 via the first server 321.

In addition, command information for various functions that can be set using the function setting key 151KP (not shown) of the cooking appliance 1 cannot be transmitted from the voice input/output device 1000 to the cooking appliance 1, the first server 321, or the second server 322, nor can it be generated by the first server 321 or the second server 322.

Next, we will explain Figure 76.
Fig. 76 is a time-series explanation of the operation of the control device 40 of the cooking appliance 1. Fig. 76 shows the operation steps in both the coordinated cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2.

One of the features of the first server 321 is that if there is a "reception waiting period end signal" (SK1B) described below in the operation information data OS received from the cooking appliance 1 at any time, the first server 321 will not transmit the cooking condition data CD to the cooking appliance 1 even if there is a request A (described below) from the second server 322.

In FIG. 76, the control device 40 first detects that the main power switch 20 has been turned ON (step SA1), transmits data indicating that it has been started (start-up signal: SK1) from the communication unit 51 to the outside, and starts the self-diagnosis mode (SA2). In other words, it checks whether the components of the cooking device 1, such as the circuits and sensors, are normal.

FIG. 66 shows the operations from the preparation period P1 to the end of cooking process 1 in chronological order.
Next, the display unit 16 is started to display the standby initial screen 16MH (SA3). After this, a display is displayed on the standby initial screen 16MH to prompt the user to select a heating means, and the audio notification unit 50 provides similar audio guidance.

The "initial standby period" TP in this embodiment 8 is the period that begins from step SA3, and the timing at which this initial standby period TP ends is when the input key for starting the heating operation is pressed (step SA7). The input key for starting is input key 151M in both the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2.

Next, during the initial standby period TP during which the device is waiting for a command to start the heating operation as described above, if the user presses an input key (voice input switch) 180 (not shown) that also serves as the voice input combined mode selection unit VMC provided on the input operation unit 15, for example the central operation unit 15M, the control device 40 goes into the voice input combined mode.

A voice input mode start signal SKSP is sent to the first server 321 .
Furthermore, when input key 153M or 154M for selecting a cooking mode is pressed (step SA4), the "recipe acquisition permission condition" is satisfied. At this point, a reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) is transmitted to the first server 321. When a cooking mode is selected by voice input, a cooking mode selection signal (SK1B) is transmitted as shown in Fig. 76.

In the control program (of the restriction unit 55) that permits the data acquisition unit 53 to acquire the cooking condition data, once the "recipe acquisition permission conditions" are satisfied as described above, the cooking condition data CD can be acquired via the communication unit 51.

On the other hand, when the first server 321 receives the reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) when the "recipe acquisition permission condition" is satisfied as described above, it is determined that the cooking device 1 is in a state where it can acquire cooking condition data CD from the outside.

In other words, after receiving the reception waiting period start signal (SK1A), if a command to acquire cooking condition data is issued from either the cooking device 1 or the first server 321, the cooking condition data CD can be acquired.

During the initial standby period TP, if the input key for selecting a cooking mode (such as 153M) is pressed continuously within a predetermined time (e.g., within 30 minutes) from the time when the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed or the voice input combined mode is selected, the "recipe acquisition condition" is met. When this time has elapsed, the control device 40 automatically shuts off (OFF) the main power switch 20.

If the "recipe acquisition condition" is satisfied during the initial standby period TP, the data acquisition unit 53 can acquire cooking condition data for a cooking menu in the linked cooking mode KM3 only once via the communication unit 51. Also, in the composite cooking mode KM2, cooking condition data for one food item can be acquired only once.

The control device 40 may automatically transmit a "voice input mode" start signal SKSP from the communication unit 51 to the first server 321 after a certain preparation time has elapsed since the display unit 16 was started and the standby initial screen 16MH was displayed (step SA3).

In this embodiment 8, the "first condition" is that a signal (SKSP) indicating that the voice input combined mode has been selected is transmitted, and the "second condition" is that a cooking mode is selected, such as when the user operates input keys 153M or 154M to select one of the cooperative cooking mode KM3, the combined cooking mode KM2, or the single cooking mode KM1.

The reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) is transmitted when the first and second conditions are met, but the reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) may be transmitted when either the first or second condition is met.

As is clear from the above explanation, the reception waiting period start signal (SK1A) is "reception permission data" that the cooking appliance 1 transmits to the outside (first server 321), and upon receiving this, the first server 321 can determine that the cooking appliance 1 is in a state where it can obtain cooking condition data.

As is clear from the above explanation, the "reception waiting period" is a period during which the cooking appliance 1 can acquire cooking condition data CD from the outside (first server 321). Therefore, after the transmission SK1A of the start signal, the cooking appliance 1 can receive cooking condition data CD from the outside.

The "reception waiting period" is a period during which acquisition of cooking condition data CD from the first server 321 is permitted, and does not mean that reception of other data, such as the remote control data (signal) mentioned above, is rejected.

Next, in step SA6, the permission condition determination unit 54 (see FIG. 56) performs a process to determine whether or not to permit cooking in the linked cooking mode KM3 and the combined cooking mode KM2, as described in the first embodiment.

Here, when the linked cooking mode KM3 is selected and it is determined that the permission conditions are met, the standby initial screen 16MH is changed to and displayed as the first specific screen 16M1. When the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected and it is determined that the permission conditions are met, the standby initial screen 16MH is changed to and displayed as the second specific screen 16M2.

SA7 is the step where a command to start the heating operation is received by operating the input key 151M. At this stage, the initial standby period TP ends. At this point, information (reception restriction data SK1B) that restricts the operation of obtaining cooking condition data CD from the outside is transmitted.

Thereafter, the start of the cooking operation in the combined cooking mode KM3 or the like is notified, and a notification is sent from the communication unit 51 to the outside (step SK2).
If the cooking requires a preheating step, the start of the preheating step is notified and transmitted from the communication unit 51 to the outside (SA8). Then, the start of cooking step 1 is notified and transmitted to the outside (SA9). In the combined cooking mode KM2, these steps are basically the same.

Next, we will explain Figure 77.
The display screen 1 when the main power switch 20 is not turned on and immediately after the main power switch 20 is turned on are the same as those described in FIG. 25 in the first embodiment, and therefore a description thereof will be omitted.

After display screen 1 is displayed, it automatically switches to display screen 2E. At this display screen 2E stage, the "initial standby period" TP begins. 175 is textual guidance information about obtaining cooking condition data from an external source.

After switching to the display screen 2E, the display screen automatically switches to the display screen 2F after a few seconds have elapsed.
In the display screen 2F, 177 is guidance information related to obtaining cooking condition data from the outside, similar to the guidance information 175. In the display screen 2E, the user can know from the acquisition operation support information 60P that the user needs to press the selection key for the cooking mode in order to obtain the cooking condition data.

After switching to display screen 2E, it will automatically return to display screen 2E after a few seconds. After that, the display screens 2E and 2F will alternate like this every few seconds.

When the user operates the input key 153M while the display screen 2E and the display screen 2F are displayed, that is, during the "initial standby period" TP, the cooperative cooking mode KM3 is selected. This corresponds to step SA4 in FIG. 78.

Also, if the user does not operate input key 153M, but operates input 154M or 155M, the combined cooking mode KM2 is selected. This corresponds to step SA4 in FIG. 78.

Since the "reception standby period" starts from step SA4 as described above, the cooking appliance 1 can acquire cooking condition data CD from the outside (first server 321).
Therefore, if cooking condition data CD is received during this reception waiting period, the display content is changed from the display screen 2F to the display screen 2G.

On the display screen 2G, 176 is a receiving operation display section that displays that cooking condition data CD is being received from the outside, similar to the receiving operation display section 174 (see FIG. 42).

The display screen 2G in FIG. 77 is the receiving operation display screen 16MM described in the first embodiment.
In the display screen 2G of FIG. 77, 16F denotes a plurality of progress marks which appear according to the progress of the operation of receiving the cooking condition data CD.

In FIG. 77, the progress mark 16F is a black triangular shape. Immediately after the start of the cooking control data reception operation, the number of these triangular shapes is one, but as the reception operation progresses, the number of triangular shapes increases, and eventually there are five triangular shapes lined up in a straight line. The progress mark 16F may show the degree of progress by changing the size or color of a single shape, or the progress may be expressed by a schematic diagram such as an hourglass or an animation.

The standby initial screen 16MH shown in FIG. 77 receives cooking condition data CD from the outside, and if the data CD is in the linked cooking mode KM3 and satisfies the "permission condition 1" and "permission condition 2" described in embodiment 1, it automatically switches from the display screen 2G to the first specific screen 16M1 at that stage. Note that in the combined cooking mode KM2, it switches to the second specific screen 16M2.

As is clear from the above explanation, in this embodiment 8, the selection of the voice input combined mode is the "first condition," and then the selection of one of the cooking modes (or the "control menu" of the combined cooking mode), such as when the user operates the input key 153M to select the linked cooking mode KM3, is the "second condition," and when these first and second conditions are met, a reception standby period start signal is transmitted (SK1A).

Next, a description will be given of Fig. 78. Fig. 78 shows the operation of the third server 323.
In FIG. 78, the following description will be given assuming a scene in which cooking in the combined cooking mode KM3 in the cooking appliance 1 has been completed.

After the cooking appliance 1 has completed all cooking steps and before the main power switch 20 is turned off, the cooking condition data CD9 is automatically sent to the first server 321. The cooking condition data CD9 was described in detail in the fifth embodiment, particularly in FIG. 64.

The cooking execution data CD9 is transmitted from the first server 321 to the third server 323. The cooking execution data is then stored in a memory (not shown) serving as a temporary storage area (step SV30).

In the next step SV31, the foodstuff consumption determination unit 325 and the inventory information storage unit 324 operate to carry out data analysis, foodstuff information analysis, and consumption analysis in the following three steps.
(1) Analysis of the cooking execution data CD9 (2) Changes in the “inventory status (inventory data SD1) of the refrigerator 800 at the time when the start signal (SKS) (see FIG. 76) was received from the cooking appliance 1 and the current inventory status (3) Estimation of ingredients presumably used by comparing with the cooking information included in the cooking execution data CD9

In the next step SV32, it is determined whether or not there has been a change in the amount of ingredients in the refrigerator 800.
After cooking using the control menu's "Microwave" or "Meat Thawing" in a composite cooking mode other than the coordinated cooking mode KM3, for example, in the composite cooking mode KM2, ingredients that were normally in the refrigerator 800 are often used, so it can be seen that the inventory situation has changed (the inventory amount has decreased).

In the step SV32, if the inventory amount has changed (decreased), the determination is "Yes" and the process proceeds to step SV33.
In step SV33, if the reduced ingredient falls below a preset "minimum standard value", the determination is "Yes" and the process proceeds to step SV34.
For example, if a "minimum standard value" is determined in advance for the amount of meat or frozen food (including frozen rice), it will be possible to know at this step SV33 that the amount is below the "minimum standard value."

In the next SV34, the result of step SV34 is stored in the inventory information storage unit 324 of the third server 323.
If it is determined in step SV33 that there is an ingredient whose inventory amount has decreased below the “minimum standard value”, information on the name of the ingredient and the amount (weight) of the ingredient that has decreased is transmitted to the first server 321.

If the determination is "No" in steps SV32 and SV33, proceed to step SV35. In this step SV35, the data analysis results of step SV31 are stored in the inventory information storage unit 324 as the latest data.

The "shopping list" described in step SV34 of FIG. 78 refers to a "shopping database" set up in a cloud server 300 such as the first server 321 or the third server 323. This shopping list can be freely viewed by the user via an information processing terminal 900 such as the communication terminal 200.

Therefore, when the user goes out shopping, the user can check the shopping list on the communication terminal device 200 at that time, which is convenient. The shopping list may also use information from the third server 323 so that the history information of the menu of past cooking operations can be simultaneously viewed (for example, in a format that allows comparison of ingredients with past cooking operations).

As explained in the seventh embodiment, particularly in FIG. 73, among the input keys 542, 543 for checking recommended information, an input key for "shopping candidates" is provided, and by operating this input key (icon), the latest shopping list can be checked at any time on the communication terminal 200.
In addition, information about ingredients whose content has fallen below the "minimum standard value" may be provided to the user as part of real-time information provided by remote push notification.

The "minimum standard value" was determined for each cooking session, but it would also be possible to determine the change in daily consumption by adding up the three cooking sessions of breakfast, lunch, and dinner and reflect this in the shopping list. This would be convenient if the user could set it as desired using the communication terminal device 200, etc.

In this embodiment 8, the voice input/output device 1000 can give all input commands to the first server 321 via the second server 322 by voice alone, so that, as described above, the user can conveniently remotely operate the cooking appliance 1 even in situations where the user cannot directly operate the input operation unit 15 of the cooking appliance 1.

Note that this embodiment 8 does not provide a detailed explanation of how the cooking device 1 acquires cooking condition data using the communication terminal device 200 shown in embodiment 1, etc., but the cooking device 1 can easily acquire cooking condition data by using a communication terminal device 200 such as a smartphone in combination.

In addition, if an automatic connection is set between the communication terminal device 200 and the cooking appliance 1 after the display screen 2E, cooking condition data for the specific cooking mode is transmitted from the communication terminal device 200. This can also be set in advance between the first server 321 and the cooking appliance 1.

Summary of embodiment 8.
As described above, in this eighth embodiment, the heat cooking system according to the fifth disclosure is disclosed in the following configuration.
That is, the cooking system shown in the eighth embodiment is as follows:
A cooking device 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A first server 321 capable of communicating with the cooking appliance 1;
A second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
an information processing terminal (voice input/output device) 1000 capable of communicating with the second server 322, having an input operation unit for receiving input from a user, and through which the user inputs command contents by voice;
Equipped with
The first server 321 has a function of receiving operation status data OS of the cooking appliance 1 from the cooking appliance 1, and a function of transmitting operation support data GS1 to the second server 322 in response to a request A received from the second server 322, the operation support data GS1 to be notified by voice via the voice input/output unit 1000 regarding the operation of the cooking appliance 1,
The voice input/output unit 1000 has a function of transmitting command contents inputted by voice to the second server 322 as voice data VS, and a function of notifying information of the operation support data GS2 received from the second server 322 by voice,
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data VS received from the voice input/output unit 1000 and transmitting a request A specified from the contents of the voice data VS to the first server 321, and a function of transmitting operation support data GS1 received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A to the voice input/output unit 1000.
The first server 321 is characterized in that it transmits cooking condition data CD at a timing when the cooking appliance 1 can acquire the cooking condition data CD from the operating state data OS received from the cooking appliance 1 .

Therefore, this cooking system can transmit cooking condition data CD for various cooking modes according to the data acquisition time on the cooking device 1 side. This allows the cooking condition data CD to be provided reliably and the cooking menu to be executed.

Furthermore, in this embodiment 8, the cooking device related to the fourth disclosure is disclosed with the following configuration.

That is, the cooking device 1 shown in the eighth embodiment is
A first heating means HM1 for heating an object to be heated at a first location;
A second heating means HM2 for heating the food in a heating chamber located at a location separate from the first location;
An input operation means 15 for receiving instructions from a user;
A communication unit 51 that receives cooking condition data for executing heating and cooking from an external communication terminal device 200 and a first server 321, respectively;
a notification unit having a central display unit 16M and a voice notification unit 50;
a control device 40 that controls the first heating means, the second heating means, the notification unit, and the communication unit,
The control device 40 has a heating control unit 43 that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes (including a linked cooking mode KM3 and a composite cooking mode KM2) using the first heating means and the second heating means, and a data acquisition unit 53 that acquires the cooking condition data for a specific food via the communication unit 51,
After the main power is supplied, the control device 40 displays the standby initial screen 16MH on the central display unit 15M of the notification unit, and during the initial standby period TP following this point, after the display screen 2E, an automatic connection is made with the communication terminal device 200 (or the first server). When cooking condition data for a specific cooking mode is transmitted from the communication terminal device 200 (or the first server), the data acquisition unit 53 acquires the cooking condition data and determines whether it satisfies the predetermined permission conditions.
If the permission conditions are met, the standby initial screen 16MH is changed to a dedicated display screen for each cooking mode (such as the first specific screen 16M1), and the cooking condition data reception operation display section 176 (see FIG. 79) is displayed on the changed display screen (such as the first specific screen 16M1), indicating that the cooking condition data CD is being received. Thereafter, the first specific screen 16M1, etc. displays the cooking menu identification information 167, the control menu identification information 160 and the control conditions of the cooking menu (e.g., "hamburger steak"), and the control conditions of the control menu (e.g., "warming") (including, but not limited to, the induction heating power, microwave heating output, heating time, target temperature, etc.).

Therefore, during the initial standby period TP after the standby initial screen 16MH is displayed, cooking condition data that meets the predetermined permission conditions is obtained from the communication terminal device 200, the cloud server 300, etc. in response to user operation and used for cooking, so that the timing and conditions for obtaining data from outside are controlled and reliable.
Therefore, inappropriate cooking condition data will not be received during the selection of a cooking mode or during the setting of control conditions.

In addition to the above, in this embodiment 8, the heat cooking system according to the twelfth disclosure is disclosed in the following form.
That is, one configuration example of the heating and cooking system shown in the eighth embodiment is as follows:
A cooking device 1 for heating an object to be heated;
A first server 321 capable of communicating with the cooking appliance 1;
A second server 322 capable of communicating with the first server 321;
A food ingredient consumption determination unit 325 provided in a third server 323 capable of communicating with the first server 321 or the first server 321;
an information processing terminal (voice input/output device) 1000 capable of communicating with the second server 322, having an input operation unit for receiving input from a user, and through which the user inputs command contents by voice;
Equipped with
The first server 321 has a function of receiving operation status data OS of the cooking appliance 1 from the cooking appliance 1, and a function of transmitting operation support data GS1 to be notified by voice via the voice input/output unit 1000 regarding the operation of the cooking appliance 1 to the second server 322 in response to a request A for provision of cooking condition data received from the second server 322,
The voice input/output unit 1000 has a function of transmitting command contents inputted by voice to the second server 322 as voice data VS, and a function of notifying information of the operation support data GS2 received from the second server 322 by voice,
The second server 322 has a function of recognizing the contents of the voice data VS received from the voice input/output unit 1000 and transmitting a request A specified from the contents of the voice data VS to the first server 321, and a function of transmitting operation support data GS1 received from the first server 321 in response to the transmission of the request A to the voice input/output unit 1000.
The first server 321 or the food ingredient consumption determination unit 325 is configured to determine the amount of food ingredients consumed by the heating cooker 1 in one heating cooking session from the operating status data OS received from the heating cooker 1, and to transmit information on food ingredients whose inventory level has fallen below the "minimum standard value" from the determination result so that it can be obtained by the information processing terminal device 1000 from the first server 321.

Therefore, this cooking system can effectively use the cooking execution data CD9 sequentially provided by the cooking appliance 1 to automatically determine the amount of ingredients stored in the refrigerator 800, etc. (stock data SD1). This reduces the burden on the user of arranging ingredients and preparing the next meal, greatly improving convenience.

Other embodiments.
In order to explain each circuit, part, and each component of the device that constitutes the cooking appliance 1 and the communication terminal device 200, the cooking condition data 1 and the cooking condition data 2 are described separately, but these two may be substantially the same data. For example, one cooking condition data (e.g., hamburger recipe data) that is initially held in the cooking appliance 1 and cooking condition data (e.g., hamburger recipe data) obtained from the outside via the communication unit 51 may have the same content.

In addition, the communication terminal 200, such as a smartphone or a tablet terminal (a small, portable personal computer), does not necessarily need to provide the cooking condition data acquired from the cloud server 300 to the cooking appliance 1, and may generate and store the cooking condition data by itself.

In addition, in the composite cooking mode KM2 in each embodiment described so far, when the composite cooking mode KM2 is selected, a control menu (for example, a heating operation pattern called "defrost") is basically selected, and cooking condition data for a specific food to be cooked is not selected. However, the user may use the cloud server 300 to select one piece of cooking condition data for the composite cooking mode KM2 that can be applied to the cooking appliance 1, and have the cooking appliance 1 acquire this data using an information processing terminal device 200 (900) such as a communication terminal device. This is the same for the single cooking mode KM1.

In the above explanation, for the sake of simplicity, the terms "cooking condition data 1" and "cooking condition data 2" are used, but this means that the contents of the two cooking condition data are different from each other, or that they are the same. The difference in the code (1, 2, etc.) should not be interpreted as meaning that the data is different.

The circuits, parts, and components of the devices illustrated in the above embodiments 1 to 8 are conceptual in function and do not necessarily have to be physically configured as illustrated. Furthermore, the functions of the control device 40, heating control unit 43, first heating means HM1, second heating means HM2, third heating means HM3, and memory device 41 in particular can be distributed and integrated, and the specific form is not limited to that illustrated, and all or part of them can be functionally or physically distributed and integrated in any unit depending on the function, operating conditions, etc.

The functions of the control device 40 and the heating control unit 43 are realized by a processing circuit. The processing circuit that realizes each function may be dedicated hardware or a processor that executes a program stored in a memory.

When the processing circuit is a processor, the functions of the control device 40 and the heating control unit 43 are realized by software, firmware, or a combination of software and firmware. The software and firmware are written as programs and stored in the storage device 41, which is a memory. The processor realizes the functions of the control device 40 and the heating control unit 43 by reading and executing the programs stored in the storage device 41.

These programs cause the microcomputer to execute the control procedures of the control device 40 and the heating control unit 43. The storage device 41 is typically a non-volatile or volatile semiconductor memory such as RAM, ROM, flash memory, EPROM, EEPROM, etc.

Furthermore, some of the data and programs in the cooking condition data storage unit 41 shown in FIG. 14 may not be stored in the cooking appliance 1 but in an external recording medium (such as a storage server). In this case, the cooking appliance 1 accesses the external recording medium (storage server) to obtain the necessary data and program information.

Furthermore, the operating programs of the control device 40, the first heating means HM1, the second heating means HM2, and the third heating means HM3 may be updated to appropriately modified or improved programs at the request of the user or the manufacturer of the cooking appliance 1. In this case, for example, the modified or improved programs may be obtained through the communication unit 51.

One of the heating parts (IH coils 9L, 9M, 9R) of the first heating means HM1 for cooking on the top plate 3 may be replaced with a gas combustion burner. In this case, a gas flow valve is configured to be controlled by the control unit.
Further, a part or the whole of the second heating means HM2 or the third heating means HM3 may be replaced with a gas combustion burner or an induction heating source.

In the first to eighth embodiments, the input operation unit 15 has been described as a "contact input" operation unit in which the user touches the input keys to give input commands, but a non-contact type in which input is given by detecting the movement of the user's fingers or hands in a non-contact manner may also be used.

Furthermore, the input operation unit 15 may be changed to a voice input method that recognizes and inputs the user's voice. In the case of the voice input method, a microphone and a voice receiving unit for receiving the user's voice and converting it into a voice recognition signal correspond to the input operation unit.
Alternatively, a mechanical switch such as a contact type or a pressure type may be used in combination with the voice input method.

Furthermore, the input operation unit 15 may give commands to the cooking appliance 1 via an input terminal device equipped with a voice input function, such as a smart speaker or an AI speaker. The smart speaker or AI speaker wirelessly transmits and receives information at any time between a support server equipped with a voice translation function or a search function in a network environment, such as the cloud server 300, and acquires the voice (natural language) uttered by the user near the cooking appliance 1 as a voice signal, which is converted by the support server into a command signal from the user, and finally generates a command signal for the cooking appliance 1. For this reason, even if the user is near the cooking appliance 1, even if both hands are occupied with cooking preparations or processing ingredients, limiting the frequency of directly touching the input operation unit 15, the cooking appliance 1 can be conveniently operated with natural speech (voice).

In the first to eighth embodiments, the input operation unit 15 is used to select the various control menus and control conditions displayed on the first specific screen 16M1, the second specific screen 16M2, and the third specific screen 16M3, but the input operation unit 15 may be provided within the display screen of the central display unit 16M or the left and right display units 16L and 16R, which are display means.

For example, the aforementioned Patent Publication No. 5833699, which proposes a technique for composite cooking, proposes a technique in which a composite cooking display screen is displayed, the names of the composite cooking menus are displayed on the display screen, and the user selects a menu by touching the menu selection section directly with their finger.

Therefore, the menu of cooking options available in the composite cooking mode KM2 and the linked cooking mode KM3, the names of the food to be cooked (a type of identification information), etc. may be displayed on the first specific screen 16M1 and the second specific screen 16M2, and the user may directly touch the display portion (also called the "icon" portion) with his/her finger to select the linked cooking mode menu, etc.

In the first embodiment, the communication unit 51 receives command signals and recipe data (cooking condition data) transmitted from outside the cooking appliance 1, and the cooking appliance 1 transmits each operation signal and command signal to the outside. In addition, information indicating the progress of the start and end of cooking step 1 and cooking step 2 may be transmitted each time (see the third and fifth embodiments). The user can know this progress information on the communication terminal device 200, etc., improving convenience.

In addition to the cooking appliance 1, a home gateway having a function of receiving search results data on the inventory of the refrigerator 800 may be arranged as an information management device, and the cooking appliance 1 and the refrigerator 800 may be connected via wireless communication (LAN) or network 206 (see FIG. 54), so that the cooking appliance 1 can obtain inventory information SD1 of the refrigerator and use it for cooking.

In addition, in the first to eighth embodiments, the cooking device is a built-in type and has at least three heating means, but the cooking device is not necessarily limited to this type of cooking device. In particular, the cooking device to which the cooking system according to the twelfth disclosure is applied may be a rice cooker for cooking rice, and the heating means may be a gas combustion heating source such as propane gas or city gas, rather than a means using electrical energy such as induction heating or microwave heating.

Furthermore, as exemplified by Japanese Patent No. 6786712 and JP 2018-175671 A (Patent No. 6578315), there is known a separate cooking device that includes a heating unit (lower unit) equipped with an induction heating source and a rice cooking unit (upper unit) that is separably placed on the heating unit, and that can perform both cooking operations using the heating unit (lower unit) alone and cooking operations with the rice cooking unit placed on the heating unit.

The ideas disclosed in the first to eighth embodiments can also be applied to separate cooking devices such as those described above. For example, in the rice cooking unit described above, the heating control can be changed to cook white rice, porridge, etc. Similarly, various heating control patterns can be adopted in the lower unit, so various improvements can be made according to the various examples of the first to eighth embodiments disclosed herein.

The embodiments disclosed herein should be considered to be illustrative and not restrictive in all respects. The substantial scope of the present invention is indicated by the claims, not the above description, and is intended to include all modifications within the meaning and scope of the claims.

The cooking device disclosed herein can be widely used not only in the kitchens of ordinary homes, but also in kitchens in public facilities, stores, etc.

REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 Cooking device 2 Body 3 Top plate 4 Heating port 4L Left heating port 4C Center heating port 4R Right heating port 5 Exhaust port cover 6 Heating chamber 7 Door 8 Handle 9C Center IH coil 9L Left IH coil 9R Right IH coil 10 Open/close detector 11 Microwave oscillator (magnetron)
12 Radiant heat heating means 12a Upper radiant heat heating means 12b Lower radiant heat heating means 13 Infrared sensor 14 Thermistor sensor 15 Input operation section 15L Left operation section 15M Central operation section 15R Right operation section 16 Display section 16F Progress mark 16L Left display section 16M Central display section 16M1 First specific screen 16M2 Second specific screen 16M3 Third specific screen 16MA Guidance screen 16MH Common screen (initial screen during standby)
16MM Receiving operation display screen 16R Right display section 17 Heating power display section 17L Left heating power display section 17M Center heating status display section 17R Right heating power display section 20 Main power switch 20A Button (key) for operating the main power switch
21 Light emitting section 21L Light emitting section 21M Light emitting section 21R Light emitting section 22 First display area 23 Second display area 24 Third display area 30 Temperature sensor group 30A Temperature sensor 40 Control device 41 Display data storage section 42 Cooking condition data storage section 43 Heating control section 51 Communication section (wireless communication module)
53 Data acquisition unit 54 Permission condition determination unit 55 Restriction unit 56 Audio signal receiving unit 57 Power supply circuit 58 Audio signal analysis unit 59 Human detection sensor 60A Display text 60B Two-dimensional information (two-dimensional code)
60C Two-dimensional information explanation 60E Caution display 60H Recommendation 60N Common information during standby 140 Function setting input key 151L-155L Input key 151M-159M Input key 151R-155R Input key 160 Control menu identification information 161 Control menu identification information 162 Control menu identification information 163 Heating source display section 164 Reference information 165 Additional information 166 Additional information 167 Identification information 168 Identification information 169 Identification information 170 Operation support information 171L Heating section identification section 171R Heating section identification section 172 Process information 173 External recipe identification section 174 Reception operation display section 180 Input key (voice input mode selection means)
200 Communication terminal (smartphone) (information processing terminal)
201 Network 202 Network 203 Network 204 Network 205 Network 206 Network 210 Transmitter/receiver 211 Communication controller 212 Central processing unit (CPU)
213 ROM/RAM
214 Speaker 215 Touch operation unit 216 Terminal display unit (terminal display screen)
217 Cooking appliance database 218 Orientation detection unit 219 Remote operation information generation unit 220 Storage unit 221 NFC input/output unit 222 Voice input unit 223 Notification data 224 Remote control data 225 Display operation unit 230 Cooking condition data acquisition unit 231 Cooking condition data transmission unit 232 Terminal side recipe selection unit 300 Cloud server 301 Recipe information providing server 302 Recipe database 310 Light emitting element for microwave oven (LED)
311 Grill light emitting element (LED)
312 Light emitting element for oven (LED)
313 Central IH light emitting element (LED)
314 High temperature warning light emitting element (LED) group 314a Heating chamber high temperature warning light emitting element (LED)
314b IH high temperature warning light emitting element (LED)
321 First server 321A Input/output unit (input/output interface unit)
321C Control unit 321R Storage unit 322 Second server 322A Input/output unit (input/output interface unit)
322C Control unit 322R Memory unit 340 Wireless router (access point)
481 Menu display section 482 Menu selection display section 483 Heating source selection display section 484 Control menu selection display section 485 Cooperative cooking menu display section 486 Preparation information display section 487 Cooperative cooking menu name display section 488 Control menu display section (icon)
489 Preheat control menu display (icon)
490 Warning information display section 491M Selection section (icon)
491L Selection section (icon)
491R Selection section (icon)
492 Advice display selection section (icon)
493 is a control menu display section (icon).
494 "Fried food" control menu display section (icon)
495 Menu screen display section (icon)
496 Confirmation display section (icon)
491L Input key (icon)
491M Input key (icon)
491R Input key (icon)
492 Input keys (icons)
493 Input key (icon)
494 Input key (icon)
495 Input key (icon)
496 Input Keys (icons)
497A Induction Heating Source Selection Unit (icon)
497B Induction Heating Source Selection Section (icon)
497C Microwave Heating Source Selection Section (icon)
498 Range grill heat source selection section (icon)
499 Collaborative cooking mode selection section (icon)
500 RG control menu selection section (icon)
501 Mark (icon)
502 Screen switching mark 503 Screen switching mark 504 RG control menu name display section (icon)
505 RG control menu temperature display section (icon)
506 Reference image display section 507A Auxiliary information display section 507B Auxiliary information display section 509 Preparation work reference image 510 Preparation work reference image 511 Caution information 512 Auxiliary information 513 Process information display section 514 Cooking process information display section 515 Recommended menu display section 516 Auxiliary information of recommended menu 517 Auxiliary information of recommended menu 518 Cooking reference image of recommended menu 519 Candidate switching mark (icon)
520 Candidate switching mark (icon)
521 Send key display section (icon)
522 Stop key display section (icon)
523 Detail display indicator (icon)
525-527 Display section 530-532 Guidance text 533-535 Explanation text 540 Notification screen 541 Notification information 542 Input key (icon)
600 Kitchen furniture 601 Kitchen 800 Refrigerator (fridge-freezer)
900 Portable information display device (information processing terminal device)
901 Notification screen 902 Notification information 903 Input key (icon)
CD1 to CD8 Cooking condition data CD9 Cooking data SD1 Inventory data TB Acquisition period TB1 Period during which cooking condition data can be acquired TB2 Period during which acquired cooking condition data can be canceled TB3 Period during which acquired cooking condition data can be changed TP Initial waiting period.

Claims (41)

A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data from an external device;
A control device,
The control device includes a heating control unit that executes a cooking mode for driving at least one of the first heating means or the second heating means based on the cooking condition data, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit in order to execute heat cooking of a specific food to be cooked in the cooking mode, and a restriction unit that restricts the data acquisition unit from acquiring the cooking condition data via the communication unit during a preparation period before starting cooking,
The cooking device is characterized in that, when the restriction unit acquires the cooking condition data , it restricts the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit until the cooking process to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. The heating cooker according to claim 1, characterized in that the cooking modes include a coordinated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven with a time difference determined by the operation of the input operation unit. Further comprising a display unit that displays the operation of the first heating means and the second heating means,
3. The cooking device according to claim 1, wherein the display unit displays an initial standby screen on which information common to the first heating means and the second heating means is displayed. the display unit displays the standby initial screen after a main power switch is turned on,
4. The cooking device according to claim 3, wherein the control device switches the standby initial screen of the display unit to a reception operation display screen when the cooking condition data is received. The cooking device according to claim 4, characterized in that the reception operation display screen displays the progress of the reception operation. A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
a third heating means having a heating principle different from that of the second heating means and heating the heating chamber;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data from an external device via wireless communication;
A control device,
The control device has a function of executing an integrated cooking mode in which the first heating means and at least one of the second heating means and the third heating means are driven with a time lag, and a function of controlling a heating and cooking operation according to the cooking condition data,
The control device has a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit in order to execute the integrated cooking mode for a specific food, and a restriction unit that restricts the acquisition of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit via the communication unit during a preparation period before starting cooking in the integrated cooking mode,
The heating cooker is characterized in that, when the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data, the restriction unit restricts the acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit until the cooking process to which the cooking condition data is applied is completed. A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data from an external device;
a control device that controls the first heating means, the second heating means, and the communication unit;
The control device has a heating control unit that executes an integrated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven with a time lag based on the cooking condition data, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data via the communication unit in order to execute heating cooking of a specific food in the integrated cooking mode, and a restriction unit that restricts the data acquisition unit from acquiring the cooking condition data via the communication unit during a preparation period before starting cooking in the integrated cooking mode,
The limiting unit limits acquisition of new cooking condition data from the communication unit until a cooking process to which the acquired cooking condition data is applied is completed,
A heating cooker characterized in that, when the collaborative cooking mode is canceled by the input operation unit after the cooking condition data has been acquired and before the cooking process is started, the data acquisition unit can newly acquire the cooking condition data. Further comprising a display unit that displays the operation of the first heating means and the second heating means,
8. The cooking device according to claim 6 , wherein the display unit displays an initial standby screen on which information common to the first heating means and the second heating means is displayed. the display unit displays the standby initial screen after a main power switch is turned on,
9. The cooking device according to claim 8, wherein the control device switches the initial standby screen to a reception operation display screen when the cooking condition data is received. Further comprising a display unit that displays the operation of the first heating means and the second heating means,
The heating cooker according to claim 6 or claim 7, characterized in that when cooking in the collaborative cooking mode is selected by the input operation unit, a first specific screen is displayed on the display unit if a predetermined permission condition is satisfied. Further comprising a display unit that displays the operation of the first heating means and the second heating means,
The control device has a function of executing a composite cooking mode in which the second heating means and the third heating means are driven simultaneously or in a switched manner,
The cooking device according to claim 6, characterized in that when cooking in the composite cooking mode is selected by the input operation unit, a second specific screen is displayed on the display unit if a predetermined permission condition is satisfied. The heating cooker according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that, when the cooperative cooking mode is selected during the preparation period, the restriction unit permits acquisition of the cooking condition data in response to an input from the input operation unit. The cooking device according to claim 10, characterized in that, when the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data related to the linked cooking mode, if the cooking condition data does not satisfy the permission condition, the restriction unit does not display the first specific screen on the display unit, and displays information on the fact that the permission condition is not satisfied on the display unit. When the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data related to the integrated cooking mode, if the cooking condition data satisfies the permission condition, the restriction unit displays the first specific screen on the display unit,
The heating cooker according to claim 10, characterized in that the display unit continues to display the first specific screen until the cooking process based on the cooking condition data is completed, and restricts the display of the standby initial screen in place of the first specific screen at the stage when the cooking process is completed. the first heating means performs a heating operation using a plurality of heating ports spaced apart in a horizontal direction,
In the cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, before driving the first heating means, any one of the plurality of heating ports can be designated by the input operation unit,
The cooking condition data includes information designating any one of the plurality of heating ports,
8. The cooking device according to claim 6 , wherein the cooking condition data acquired from the outside by the data acquisition unit can change the designation of the heating port by inputting from the input operation unit. The heating device further includes a body having the first heating means and the second heating means,
The heating chamber is formed inside the body;
The object to be heated is heated by the first heating means at at least two heating ports arranged on the top surface of the main body,
In the cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, before driving the first heating means, any one of the plurality of heating ports can be designated by the input operation unit,
The cooking condition data includes information designating any one of the plurality of heating ports,
8. The cooking device according to claim 6 , wherein the cooking condition data can change the designation of the heating port by inputting the cooking condition data from the input operation unit. A cooking system including a cooking device having a first heating means and a second heating means with different heating capacities or heating principles and having at least two cooking mode functions, and a communication terminal for communicating with the cooking device,
The cooking device has cooking condition data 1 for executing a cooking operation in the cooking mode,
The communication terminal device includes a cooking device database that generates or holds cooking condition data 2 for performing the cooking operation of the cooking mode, and a cooking condition data transmission unit that transmits the cooking condition data 2 to the cooking device,
The cooking device includes a storage unit that stores the cooking condition data 1 and the cooking condition data 2 received from the communication terminal device in association with identification information, a heating control unit that reads out the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 from the storage unit in response to a user's operation for selecting the cooking mode or the identification information, and uses the cooking condition data 1 or the cooking condition data 2 for cooking in the cooking mode, and a limiting unit that limits acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 during a preparation period before starting cooking in the cooking mode.
The restriction unit restricts the acquisition of new cooking condition data 2 until the cooking process of one cooking menu to which the acquired cooking condition data 2 is applied is completed. The heating and cooking system according to claim 17, characterized in that the cooking modes include a coordinated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are each driven with a time difference determined by a user's operation. The cooking device further includes a display unit that displays the operation of the first heating means and the second heating means,
19. The heating and cooking system according to claim 17 or 18 , wherein the display unit displays an initial standby screen on which information common to the first heating means and the second heating means is displayed. the display unit displays the standby initial screen after a main power switch is turned on,
The cooking system according to claim 19, wherein the cooking device switches the display content of the display unit from the standby initial screen to a reception operation display screen when the cooking condition data 2 is received from an external device. The cooking system according to claim 20, characterized in that, when the cooking device receives the cooking condition data 2 while displaying the standby initial screen, the cooking device transmits a reception standby period start signal to the outside. The cooking system according to claim 20, characterized in that the reception operation display screen displays the progress of the reception operation. A cooking device including a first heating means and a second heating means whose energization is controlled independently of each other;
A communication terminal for communicating with the cooking appliance;
A cooking system comprising:
The cooking device has a cooking menu corresponding to a specific food to be cooked,
The cooking device has a function of storing cooking condition data 1 for executing the cooking menu,
The communication terminal has a function of providing cooking condition data 2 to the cooking device and a function of acquiring cooking execution data of the cooking menu from the cooking device,
The cooking device determines a timing for receiving the cooking condition data 2 from the communication terminal device,
The heating cooking system is characterized in that the heating cooker allows acquisition of cooking condition data 2 after a specific cooking menu is selected, and restricts acquisition of new cooking condition data 3 until the cooking process related to the acquired cooking condition data 2 is completed. The cooking device further includes an input operation unit for receiving a user's command,
The input operation unit has a function 1 for selecting one of a plurality of cooking modes, a function 2 for selecting a specific cooking menu, a function 3 for issuing a command to start the cooking process, and a function 4 for canceling the cooking mode or cooking menu selected by the function 1 or the function 2,
The heating and cooking system of claim 23, characterized in that when the cooking mode or the cooking menu is canceled by function 4 before the cooking process starts, the heating and cooking device does not restrict the acquisition of the cooking condition data 2 during an initial standby period. The input device further includes a notification unit for notifying an input result of the input operation unit,
The cooking condition data 2 includes information defining the order and control conditions of heating operations of the first heating means and the second heating means,
25. The cooking system according to claim 24, wherein the input operation unit has a function of changing the control condition when the control condition is displayed on the notification means. A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food contained in the heating chamber;
a third heating means for heating the heating chamber by a heating principle different from that of the second heating means;
An input operation unit;
A communication unit that performs wireless communication with an external device;
A display unit;
A control device,
The control device has a function of performing a cooperative cooking mode, a composite cooking mode, and a single cooking mode,
After the main power supply is turned on by the input operation unit,
(1) displaying an initial standby screen on the display unit;
(2) When an input key for selecting either the linked cooking mode or the combined cooking mode is operated, cooking condition data is acquired via the communication unit for either the linked cooking mode or the combined cooking mode, whichever is operated first;
(3) in response to an operation of the selection input key, switching from the display of the standby initial screen to display only one of the first specific screen or the second specific screen;
(4) maintaining a standby state for receiving a cooking start command from the input operation unit while the first specific screen or the second specific screen is displayed;
(5) A cooking device that, during the standby state, restricts acquisition of cooking condition data from the communication unit for both the linked cooking mode and the combined cooking mode. The standby initial screen is displayed first after a main power switch operated by a user is turned on,
The cooking device according to claim 26, characterized in that, when the control device receives the cooking condition data via the communication unit, the control device switches the display content of the display unit from the standby initial screen to a reception operation display screen. The cooking device according to claim 26 or 27, characterized in that the control device performs at least one of the following processes during the standby state: transmitting a specific signal from the communication unit indicating that operation will not be performed in response to a remote operation command; or not responding to a remote operation command even if the control device receives the remote operation command from the outside . A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation means for receiving a command from a user;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data for performing cooking from a first server and wirelessly transmits a plurality of operation state data to the first server;
A control device,
The control device includes a heating control unit that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means and the second heating means, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data for a specific food via the communication unit, and a limiting unit that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit,
The control device is characterized in that when the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is confirmed, the control device transmits information to the first server as one of the operating status data, which restricts further acquisition of the cooking condition data. A first heating means for heating an object to be heated;
A second heating means for heating the food in the heating chamber;
An input operation means for receiving a command from a user;
A communication unit that receives cooking condition data for performing cooking from a first server and wirelessly transmits a plurality of operation state data to the first server;
A control device,
The control device includes a heating control unit that controls heating operations corresponding to a plurality of cooking modes using the first heating means and the second heating means, a data acquisition unit that acquires the cooking condition data for a specific food via the communication unit, and a limiting unit that limits the acquisition operation of the cooking condition data by the data acquisition unit,
When the data acquisition unit acquires the cooking condition data and the execution of a cooking menu to which the cooking condition data is applied is confirmed, the control device transmits, to the first server, restriction information that restricts a further acquisition operation of the cooking condition data as one of the operating state data, and
The cooking device according to claim 1, wherein the control device transmits release information for releasing the restriction imposed by the restriction information when the cooking process of the cooking menu is completed. The cooking device according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the cooking modes include a coordinated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven with a time lag. The cooking device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, characterized in that the second heating means supplies microwaves to the inside of the heating chamber. Further comprising a display unit that displays the operation of the first heating means and the second heating means,
The heating cooker according to any one of claims 29 to 31, characterized in that the display unit displays an initial standby screen displaying information common to the first heating means and the second heating means. A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A first server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance ;
A second server capable of communicating with the first server;
an information processing terminal capable of communicating with the second server, the information processing terminal having an input operation unit for receiving input from a user and a terminal display unit for displaying information that can be viewed by the user;
Equipped with
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the cooking device from the cooking device and a function of transmitting information related to the operation of the cooking device to the second server in response to a request A received from the second server,
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server, and a function of displaying cooking condition data 2 received from the second server on the terminal side display unit,
The second server has a function of recognizing the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal and transmitting the request A corresponding to the content of the command information to the first server, and a function of transmitting the cooking condition data 1 received from the first server in response to the transmission of the request A to the information processing terminal as the cooking condition data 2,
The cooking system according to claim 1, wherein the first server does not transmit the cooking condition data 1 to the second server when the cooking appliance is not in a reception standby period. The heating and cooking system according to claim 34, characterized in that the information processing terminal has a function of modifying the cooking condition data 2 acquired from the second server and providing it to the first server as cooking condition data 3. The first server
(1) when data indicating an end of a reception waiting period is received from the cooking appliance, the provision of the cooking condition data 1 to the second server is restricted;
(2) The cooking system according to claim 34 or 35, characterized in that, when data indicating a reception standby period start signal is received from the cooking appliance, provision of the cooking condition data 1 is permitted to the second server. A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A first server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance;
A second server capable of communicating with the first server;
an input operation unit capable of communicating with the second server and receiving input from a user;
and a terminal-side display unit that displays information that can be viewed by a user,
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the cooking device from the cooking device, and a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the second server, display information to be displayed on the terminal display unit regarding the operation of the cooking device to the second server;
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server, and a function of displaying cooking condition data 2 received from the second server on the terminal side display unit,
the second server recognizes the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal, and transmits the request A specified from the content of the command information to the first server;
the first server has a function of transmitting cooking condition data 1 to the cooking device in response to receiving the request A from the second server;
The cooking system according to claim 1, wherein the first server does not transmit the cooking condition data 1 to the cooker when the cooker is not in a reception standby period. The cooking device has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location, and a second heating means for cooking the object in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
The cooking device has a coordinated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven in sequence to cook the food,
The cooking system according to claim 37, characterized in that after a user selects cooking in the collaborative cooking mode, the cooking appliance automatically transmits data indicating a first reception waiting period start signal to the first server. The cooking device has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location, and a second heating means for cooking the object in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
The cooking device has a coordinated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven in sequence to cook the food,
The heating and cooking system of claim 37, characterized in that after a user selects cooking in the cooperative cooking mode, the heating cooker automatically transmits data indicating a first reception waiting period start signal to the first server, and when the cooking process in the cooperative cooking mode is completed, data indicating a second reception waiting period start signal is automatically transmitted to the first server. A cooking device that heats an object to be heated;
A first server capable of communicating with the cooking appliance;
A second server capable of communicating with the first server;
an input operation unit capable of communicating with the second server and receiving input from a user;
and a terminal-side display unit that displays information that can be viewed by a user,
The first server has a function of receiving operation state data of the cooking device from the cooking device, and a function of transmitting, in response to a request A received from the second server, information on cooking condition data 1 to be displayed on the terminal display unit regarding the operation of the cooking device to the second server;
The information processing terminal has a function of transmitting command information inputted to the input operation unit to the second server, and a function of displaying cooking condition data 2 received from the second server on the terminal side display unit,
the second server recognizes the content of the command information received from the information processing terminal, and transmits the request A specified from the content of the command information to the first server;
The first server determines from the operating status data when the cooking appliance is not in a waiting period for receiving data, and when the cooking appliance is not in the waiting period for receiving data, does not transmit the cooking condition data 1 in response to the request A to the information processing terminal. The cooking device has a first heating means for heating the object to be heated at a first location, and a second heating means for cooking the object in a heating chamber isolated from the first location,
The cooking device has a coordinated cooking mode in which the first heating means and the second heating means are driven in sequence to cook the food,
The cooking system according to claim 40, characterized in that the cooking appliance automatically transmits the operating status data including restriction information indicating that the reception standby period is not in progress when a user selects cooking in the collaborative cooking mode.

Images